Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 3549:f52d2ea0f81c v7.3.535
updated for version 7.3.535
Problem: Many #ifdefs for MB_MAXBYTES.
Solution: Also define MB_MAXBYTES without the +multi_byte feature. Fix
places where the buffer didn't include space for a NUL byte.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 01 Jun 2012 15:21:02 +0200 |
| parents | 3db4282d5e6b |
| children | 0a364618c0e5 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
| 12 * | |
| 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
| 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
| 15 * that changed. | |
| 16 * | |
| 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
| 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
| 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
| 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
| 21 * for each line. | |
| 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
| 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
| 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
| 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
| 714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
| 7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
| 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
| 35 * | |
| 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
| 37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
| 38 * | |
| 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
| 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
| 1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
| 7 | 42 * |
| 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
| 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
| 45 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line) | |
| 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), | |
| 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
| 48 * | |
| 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
| 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
| 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
| 52 * | |
| 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
| 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
| 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
| 56 * later. | |
| 57 * | |
| 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
| 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
| 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
| 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
| 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
| 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
| 64 * | |
| 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
| 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
| 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
| 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 69 * | |
| 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
| 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
| 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 73 * | |
| 743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
| 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
| 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
| 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
| 78 * | |
| 7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
| 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
| 81 * | |
| 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
| 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
| 84 * | |
| 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
| 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
| 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
| 88 */ | |
| 89 | |
| 90 #include "vim.h" | |
| 91 | |
| 92 /* | |
| 93 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
| 94 */ | |
| 95 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
| 96 | |
| 97 /* | |
| 98 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
| 99 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
| 100 */ | |
| 101 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
| 102 | |
| 103 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 104 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 106 | |
| 107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 108 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 109 #endif | |
| 110 | |
| 111 /* | |
| 112 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
| 113 */ | |
| 114 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
| 115 | |
| 116 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 534 | 117 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
| 7 | 118 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 119 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
| 120 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 121 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
| 122 #endif | |
| 625 | 123 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
| 7 | 124 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
| 125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 126 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
| 127 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
| 128 #else | |
| 129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
| 130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
| 131 #endif | |
| 132 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 133 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
| 134 #endif | |
| 680 | 135 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 1983 | 136 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 680 | 137 #endif |
| 7 | 138 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 1326 | 139 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
| 7 | 140 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
142 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 7 | 143 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 144 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol)); | |
| 145 #endif | |
| 146 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
| 147 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 149 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 150 #endif | |
| 151 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
| 152 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 153 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 154 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 155 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
| 156 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
| 157 #endif | |
| 158 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
| 159 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 160 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
| 667 | 161 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 677 | 162 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
| 667 | 163 #endif |
| 7 | 164 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 165 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
| 166 #endif | |
| 167 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 168 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
| 169 #endif | |
| 170 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 574 | 171 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
| 7 | 172 #endif |
| 173 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 174 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
| 175 #endif | |
| 176 | |
| 177 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 178 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
| 179 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 180 #endif | |
| 181 | |
| 182 /* | |
| 183 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
| 184 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
| 185 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
| 186 */ | |
| 187 void | |
| 188 redraw_later(type) | |
| 189 int type; | |
| 190 { | |
| 191 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
| 192 } | |
| 193 | |
| 194 void | |
| 195 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
| 196 win_T *wp; | |
| 197 int type; | |
| 198 { | |
| 199 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
| 200 { | |
| 201 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 202 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 203 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 204 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
| 205 must_redraw = type; | |
| 206 } | |
| 207 } | |
| 208 | |
| 209 /* | |
| 210 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
| 211 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
| 212 */ | |
| 213 void | |
| 214 redraw_later_clear() | |
| 215 { | |
| 216 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
| 826 | 217 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 218 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 219 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
| 220 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
| 221 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
| 222 else | |
| 223 #endif | |
| 224 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
| 225 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7 | 226 } |
| 227 | |
| 228 /* | |
| 229 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
| 230 */ | |
| 231 void | |
| 232 redraw_all_later(type) | |
| 233 int type; | |
| 234 { | |
| 235 win_T *wp; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 240 } | |
| 241 } | |
| 242 | |
| 243 /* | |
| 301 | 244 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
| 7 | 245 */ |
| 246 void | |
| 247 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
| 248 int type; | |
| 249 { | |
| 250 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
| 251 } | |
| 252 | |
| 253 void | |
| 254 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
| 255 buf_T *buf; | |
| 256 int type; | |
| 257 { | |
| 258 win_T *wp; | |
| 259 | |
| 260 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
| 263 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 264 } | |
| 265 } | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* | |
| 268 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that | |
| 269 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
| 270 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
| 271 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
| 272 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
| 273 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
| 274 */ | |
| 275 void | |
| 276 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
| 277 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1883 | 278 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
| 7 | 279 { |
| 280 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 281 int i; | |
| 282 #endif | |
| 283 | |
| 284 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 285 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 286 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 287 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 288 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 289 | |
| 290 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 291 if (invalid) | |
| 292 { | |
| 293 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
| 294 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
| 295 if (i >= 0) | |
| 296 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 #endif | |
| 299 } | |
| 300 | |
| 2255 | 301 #if defined(FEAT_RUBY) || defined(FEAT_PERL) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || \ |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
302 (defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 303 /* |
| 304 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
| 305 */ | |
| 306 void | |
| 307 update_curbuf(type) | |
| 308 int type; | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
| 311 update_screen(type); | |
| 312 } | |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
313 #endif |
| 7 | 314 |
| 315 /* | |
| 316 * update_screen() | |
| 317 * | |
| 318 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
| 319 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
| 320 */ | |
| 321 void | |
| 322 update_screen(type) | |
| 323 int type; | |
| 324 { | |
| 325 win_T *wp; | |
| 326 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
| 327 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 328 int did_one; | |
| 329 #endif | |
| 330 | |
| 2008 | 331 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
| 7 | 332 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
| 333 return; | |
| 334 | |
| 335 if (must_redraw) | |
| 336 { | |
| 337 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
| 338 type = must_redraw; | |
| 1331 | 339 |
| 340 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
| 341 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
| 342 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
| 343 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
| 7 | 344 must_redraw = 0; |
| 345 } | |
| 346 | |
| 347 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
| 348 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
| 349 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 350 | |
| 2008 | 351 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
| 352 * recursively. */ | |
| 353 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 354 { |
| 355 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
| 356 must_redraw = type; | |
| 357 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 358 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
| 359 return; | |
| 360 } | |
| 361 | |
| 362 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 363 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 364 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
| 365 * display updating */ | |
| 366 #endif | |
| 367 | |
| 368 /* | |
| 369 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
| 370 */ | |
| 371 if (msg_scrolled) | |
| 372 { | |
| 373 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 374 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
| 375 type = CLEAR; | |
| 376 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
| 377 { | |
| 378 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 379 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 380 type = CLEAR; | |
| 381 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 382 { | |
| 383 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
| 384 { | |
| 385 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
| 386 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
| 387 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
| 388 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 391 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
| 392 } | |
| 393 else | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 396 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 397 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
| 398 <= msg_scrolled) | |
| 399 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 400 #endif | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 } | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 667 | 405 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 406 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 667 | 407 #endif |
| 7 | 408 } |
| 409 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
| 410 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 | |
| 413 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
| 414 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 415 | |
| 416 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
| 417 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
| 418 highlight_changed(); | |
| 419 | |
| 420 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
| 421 { | |
| 422 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 423 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 424 } | |
| 425 | |
| 426 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
| 427 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 428 | |
| 13 | 429 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
430 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
431 * changes. */ |
| 13 | 432 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
433 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
434 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
| 13 | 435 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
| 436 #endif | |
| 437 | |
| 7 | 438 /* |
| 439 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
| 440 */ | |
| 441 if (type == INVERTED) | |
| 442 update_curswant(); | |
| 443 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
| 444 && !((type == VALID | |
| 445 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 446 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 447 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
| 448 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
| 449 #endif | |
| 450 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 451 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 452 || (type == INVERTED | |
| 1043 | 453 && VIsual_active |
| 7 | 454 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 455 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
| 456 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
| 457 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
| 458 #endif | |
| 459 )) | |
| 460 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 461 | |
| 849 | 462 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 463 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 464 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 465 draw_tabline(); | |
| 466 #endif | |
| 467 | |
| 7 | 468 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 469 /* | |
| 470 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
| 471 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
| 472 */ | |
| 473 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 474 { | |
| 475 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
| 476 { | |
| 477 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 478 win_T *wwp; | |
| 479 | |
| 480 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
| 481 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
| 482 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
| 483 break; | |
| 484 # endif | |
| 485 if ( | |
| 486 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 487 wwp == wp && | |
| 488 # endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
489 syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 490 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
| 491 } | |
| 492 } | |
| 493 #endif | |
| 494 | |
| 495 /* | |
| 496 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
| 497 * it. | |
| 498 */ | |
| 499 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 500 did_one = FALSE; | |
| 501 #endif | |
| 502 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 503 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 504 #endif | |
| 505 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 506 { | |
| 507 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 508 { | |
| 509 cursor_off(); | |
| 510 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 511 if (!did_one) | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 did_one = TRUE; | |
| 514 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 515 start_search_hl(); | |
| 516 # endif | |
| 517 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 518 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 519 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 520 clip_update_selection(); | |
| 521 # endif | |
| 522 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 523 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
| 524 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
| 525 * it. */ | |
| 526 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 527 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 528 #endif | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 win_update(wp); | |
| 532 } | |
| 533 | |
| 534 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 535 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
| 536 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 537 { | |
| 538 cursor_off(); | |
| 539 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 540 } | |
| 541 #endif | |
| 542 } | |
| 543 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 544 end_search_hl(); | |
| 545 #endif | |
| 546 | |
| 547 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 548 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
| 549 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
| 550 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 551 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 552 #else | |
| 553 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 554 #endif | |
| 555 | |
| 556 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 557 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 558 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 559 #endif | |
| 560 | |
| 561 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
| 562 * mess up the command line. */ | |
| 563 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 564 showmode(); | |
| 565 | |
| 566 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
| 567 if (!did_intro && bufempty() | |
| 568 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL | |
| 569 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 570 && firstwin->w_next == NULL | |
| 571 #endif | |
| 572 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL) | |
| 573 intro_message(FALSE); | |
| 574 did_intro = TRUE; | |
| 575 | |
| 576 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 577 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 578 * done. */ | |
| 579 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 580 { | |
| 581 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 582 if (did_one) | |
| 583 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 584 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 585 } | |
| 586 #endif | |
| 587 } | |
| 588 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
589 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
590 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
591 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
592 * to the 'concealcursor' option. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
593 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
594 int |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
595 conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
596 win_T *wp; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
597 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
598 int c; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
599 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
600 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
601 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
602 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
603 c = 'v'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
604 else if (State & INSERT) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
605 c = 'i'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
606 else if (State & NORMAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
607 c = 'n'; |
|
2382
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
608 else if (State & CMDLINE) |
|
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
609 c = 'c'; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
610 else |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
611 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
612 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
613 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
614 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
615 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
616 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
617 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
618 void |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
619 conceal_check_cursur_line() |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
620 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
621 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
622 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
623 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
624 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
625 * without concealing. */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
626 curs_columns(TRUE); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
627 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
628 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
629 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
630 void |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
631 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
632 win_T *wp; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
633 linenr_T lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
634 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
635 int row; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
636 int j; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
637 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
638 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
|
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
639 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
640 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
641 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
642 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
643 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
644 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
645 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
646 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
647 row = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
648 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
649 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
650 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
651 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
652 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
653 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
654 init_search_hl(wp); |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
655 start_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
656 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
657 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
658 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
659 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
660 end_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
661 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
662 break; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
663 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
664 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
665 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
666 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
667 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
668 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
669 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
670 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
671 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
672 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
673 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
674 } |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
675 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
676 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
677 #endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
678 |
| 7 | 679 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
| 680 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
| 681 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
| 682 | |
| 683 /* | |
| 684 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
| 2008 | 685 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
| 7 | 686 */ |
| 687 static void | |
| 688 update_prepare() | |
| 689 { | |
| 690 cursor_off(); | |
| 691 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 692 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 693 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
| 694 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
| 695 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 696 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 697 #endif | |
| 698 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 699 start_search_hl(); | |
| 700 #endif | |
| 701 } | |
| 702 | |
| 703 /* | |
| 704 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
| 705 */ | |
| 706 static void | |
| 707 update_finish() | |
| 708 { | |
| 709 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
| 710 showmode(); | |
| 711 | |
| 712 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 713 end_search_hl(); | |
| 714 # endif | |
| 715 | |
| 716 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 717 | |
| 718 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 719 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 720 | |
| 721 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 722 * done. */ | |
| 723 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 724 { | |
| 725 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 726 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 727 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 728 } | |
| 729 # endif | |
| 730 } | |
| 731 #endif | |
| 732 | |
| 733 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 734 void | |
| 735 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
| 736 buf_T *buf; | |
| 737 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 738 { | |
| 739 win_T *wp; | |
| 740 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 741 | |
| 742 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 743 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 744 # endif | |
| 745 | |
| 746 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
| 747 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 748 { | |
| 749 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
| 750 { | |
| 751 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
| 752 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
| 753 { | |
| 754 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 755 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 756 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 757 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 758 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 759 } | |
| 760 } | |
| 761 else | |
| 762 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 763 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 764 doit = TRUE; | |
| 765 } | |
| 766 | |
| 3250 | 767 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already |
| 768 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ | |
| 769 if (!doit || updating_screen | |
| 770 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 771 || gui.starting | |
| 772 #endif | |
| 773 || starting) | |
| 7 | 774 return; |
| 775 | |
| 776 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
| 777 update_prepare(); | |
| 778 | |
| 779 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 780 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 781 { | |
| 782 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 783 win_update(wp); | |
| 784 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 785 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 786 } | |
| 787 # else | |
| 788 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 789 win_update(curwin); | |
| 790 # endif | |
| 791 | |
| 792 update_finish(); | |
| 793 } | |
| 794 #endif | |
| 795 | |
| 796 | |
| 797 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 798 /* | |
| 799 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
| 800 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
| 801 */ | |
| 802 void | |
| 803 updateWindow(wp) | |
| 804 win_T *wp; | |
| 805 { | |
| 2008 | 806 /* return if already busy updating */ |
| 807 if (updating_screen) | |
| 808 return; | |
| 809 | |
| 7 | 810 update_prepare(); |
| 811 | |
| 812 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 813 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 814 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 815 clip_update_selection(); | |
| 816 #endif | |
| 670 | 817 |
| 7 | 818 win_update(wp); |
| 670 | 819 |
| 7 | 820 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 670 | 821 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
| 673 | 822 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 823 draw_tabline(); |
| 670 | 824 |
| 7 | 825 if (wp->w_redr_status |
| 826 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 827 || p_ru | |
| 828 # endif | |
| 829 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 830 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
| 7 | 831 # endif |
| 832 ) | |
| 833 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 834 #endif | |
| 835 | |
| 836 update_finish(); | |
| 837 } | |
| 838 #endif | |
| 839 | |
| 840 /* | |
| 841 * Update a single window. | |
| 842 * | |
| 843 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
| 844 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
| 845 * | |
| 846 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
| 847 * implies the one below it. | |
| 848 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
| 743 | 849 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
| 7 | 850 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
| 851 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
| 852 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
| 853 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
| 854 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
| 855 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
| 301 | 856 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
| 7 | 857 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
| 858 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
| 859 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
| 860 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
| 861 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
| 862 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
| 863 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
| 864 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
| 865 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
| 866 */ | |
| 867 static void | |
| 868 win_update(wp) | |
| 869 win_T *wp; | |
| 870 { | |
| 871 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 872 int type; | |
| 873 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
| 874 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
| 875 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
| 876 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 877 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
| 878 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 879 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
| 880 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
| 881 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 882 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
| 883 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
| 884 #endif | |
| 885 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 886 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7 | 887 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
| 888 #endif | |
| 889 | |
| 890 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
| 891 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
| 892 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
| 893 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
| 894 | |
| 895 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 896 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
| 897 int i; | |
| 898 long j; | |
| 899 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
| 900 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
| 901 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 902 long fold_count; | |
| 903 #endif | |
| 904 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 905 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
| 906 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
| 907 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
| 908 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
| 909 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
| 910 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 911 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
| 912 #endif | |
| 913 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
| 914 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
| 915 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 916 int save_got_int; | |
| 917 #endif | |
| 918 | |
| 919 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
| 920 | |
| 921 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
| 922 { | |
| 923 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 924 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 925 #endif | |
| 926 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 927 } | |
| 928 | |
| 929 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
| 930 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
| 931 { | |
| 932 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 933 return; | |
| 934 } | |
| 935 | |
| 936 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 937 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
| 938 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 939 { | |
| 940 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 941 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
| 942 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 943 return; | |
| 944 } | |
| 945 #endif | |
| 946 | |
| 947 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
948 init_search_hl(wp); |
| 7 | 949 #endif |
| 950 | |
| 13 | 951 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
952 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
953 * changes. */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
954 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
| 677 | 955 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
| 13 | 956 { |
| 957 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 677 | 958 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
| 13 | 959 } |
| 960 else | |
| 961 #endif | |
| 962 | |
| 7 | 963 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
| 964 { | |
| 965 /* | |
| 966 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
| 967 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
| 968 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
| 969 */ | |
| 970 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 971 } | |
| 972 else | |
| 973 { | |
| 974 /* | |
| 975 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
| 976 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
| 977 */ | |
| 978 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
| 979 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
| 980 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
| 981 else | |
| 982 mod_bot = 0; | |
| 983 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
| 984 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
| 985 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 986 { | |
| 987 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
| 988 { | |
| 989 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
| 990 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 991 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
| 992 * in a pattern match. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
993 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
994 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
995 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
| 7 | 996 if (mod_top < 1) |
| 997 mod_top = 1; | |
| 998 } | |
| 999 #endif | |
| 1000 } | |
| 1001 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 1002 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1005 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
| 1006 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
| 1007 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
| 1008 * lines above the change. | |
| 1326 | 1009 * Same for a match pattern. |
| 7 | 1010 */ |
| 699 | 1011 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
| 1012 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
| 7 | 1013 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
| 699 | 1014 else |
| 1326 | 1015 { |
| 1016 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 1017 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 1018 { | |
| 1019 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
| 1020 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
| 699 | 1021 { |
| 1022 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
| 1023 break; | |
| 1024 } | |
| 1326 | 1025 cur = cur->next; |
| 1026 } | |
| 1027 } | |
| 7 | 1028 #endif |
| 1029 } | |
| 1030 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1031 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1032 { | |
| 1033 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 /* | |
| 1036 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
| 1037 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
| 1038 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
| 1039 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
| 1040 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
| 1041 */ | |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
| 1044 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
| 1045 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
| 1046 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
| 1047 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1048 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1049 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1050 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1051 { | |
| 1052 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
| 1053 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1054 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
| 1055 { | |
| 1056 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
| 1057 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
| 1058 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
| 1059 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 1060 ++lnumb; | |
| 1061 } | |
| 1062 } | |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1065 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
| 1066 mod_top = lnumt; | |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
| 1069 --mod_bot; | |
| 1070 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1071 ++mod_bot; | |
| 1072 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
| 1073 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
| 1074 } | |
| 1075 #endif | |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
| 1078 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
| 36 | 1079 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
| 1080 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
| 7 | 1081 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
| 1082 { | |
| 1083 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
| 1084 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1085 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1086 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1087 top_end = 1; |
| 1088 #endif | |
| 1089 } | |
| 36 | 1090 |
| 1091 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
| 1092 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
| 1093 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
| 1094 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 7 | 1095 } |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 /* | |
| 1098 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
| 1099 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
| 1100 */ | |
| 1101 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
| 1102 { | |
| 1103 j = 0; | |
| 1104 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1105 { | |
| 1106 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1107 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
| 1108 { | |
| 1109 top_end = j; | |
| 1110 break; | |
| 1111 } | |
| 1112 } | |
| 1113 if (top_end == 0) | |
| 1114 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
| 1115 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1116 else | |
| 1117 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
| 1118 type = VALID; | |
| 1119 } | |
| 1120 | |
| 1378 | 1121 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
| 1331 | 1122 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
| 1123 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
| 1124 * called. */ | |
| 1125 if (screen_cleared) | |
| 1126 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
| 1127 | |
| 7 | 1128 /* |
| 1129 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
| 1130 * handle three cases: | |
| 1131 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
| 1132 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
| 1133 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
| 1134 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
| 1135 */ | |
| 743 | 1136 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
| 1137 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 7 | 1138 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 1139 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
| 1140 #endif | |
| 1141 ) | |
| 1142 { | |
| 1143 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
| 1144 { | |
| 1145 /* | |
| 1146 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
| 1147 * further down. | |
| 1148 */ | |
| 1149 } | |
| 1150 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 1151 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1152 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1153 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1154 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
| 1155 #endif | |
| 1156 )) | |
| 1157 { | |
| 1158 /* | |
| 1159 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
| 1160 */ | |
| 1161 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1162 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1163 { | |
| 1164 linenr_T ln; | |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
| 1167 * of folded lines as one */ | |
| 1168 j = 0; | |
| 1169 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
| 1170 { | |
| 1171 ++j; | |
| 1172 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1173 break; | |
| 1174 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1175 } | |
| 1176 } | |
| 1177 else | |
| 1178 #endif | |
| 1179 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
| 1180 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
| 1181 { | |
| 1182 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
| 1183 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1184 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
| 1185 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
| 1186 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 1187 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1188 #endif | |
| 1189 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
| 1190 { | |
| 1191 /* | |
| 1192 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
| 1193 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
| 1194 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
| 1195 */ | |
| 1196 if (i > 0) | |
| 1197 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1198 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1199 { | |
| 1200 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1201 { | |
| 1202 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
| 1203 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
| 1204 top_end = i; | |
| 1205 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 1206 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
| 1207 #endif | |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
| 1210 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
| 1211 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
| 1212 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1213 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
| 1214 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
| 1215 while (idx >= 0) | |
| 1216 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1217 } | |
| 1218 } | |
| 1219 else | |
| 1220 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1221 } | |
| 1222 else | |
| 1223 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1224 } | |
| 1225 else | |
| 1226 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1227 } | |
| 1228 else | |
| 1229 { | |
| 1230 /* | |
| 1231 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
| 1232 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
| 1233 * needs updating. | |
| 1234 */ | |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
| 1237 j = -1; | |
| 1238 row = 0; | |
| 1239 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
| 1240 { | |
| 1241 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1242 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1243 { | |
| 1244 j = i; | |
| 1245 break; | |
| 1246 } | |
| 1247 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1248 } | |
| 1249 if (j == -1) | |
| 1250 { | |
| 1251 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
| 1252 * lines */ | |
| 1253 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1254 } | |
| 1255 else | |
| 1256 { | |
| 1257 /* | |
| 1258 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
| 1259 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
| 1260 */ | |
| 1261 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1262 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
| 1263 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
| 1264 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1265 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1266 else | |
| 1267 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 1268 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
| 1269 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1270 #endif | |
| 1271 if (row > 0) | |
| 1272 { | |
| 1273 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1274 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1275 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1276 else | |
| 1277 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1278 } | |
| 1279 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1280 { | |
| 1281 /* | |
| 1282 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
| 1283 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
| 1284 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
| 1285 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
| 1286 */ | |
| 1287 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1288 idx = 0; | |
| 1289 for (;;) | |
| 1290 { | |
| 1291 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
| 1292 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
| 1293 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
| 1294 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
| 1295 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
| 1296 { | |
| 1297 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
| 1298 break; | |
| 1299 } | |
| 1300 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1303 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1304 { | |
| 1305 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1306 break; | |
| 1307 } | |
| 1308 } | |
| 1309 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1310 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
| 1311 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
| 1312 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
| 1313 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
| 1314 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
| 1315 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1316 #endif | |
| 1317 } | |
| 1318 } | |
| 1319 } | |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
| 1322 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
| 1323 * first. */ | |
| 1324 if (mid_start == 0) | |
| 1325 { | |
| 1326 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1327 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
| 981 | 1328 { |
| 1331 | 1329 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
| 1330 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
| 1331 * then. */ | |
| 1332 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
| 1333 screenclear(); | |
| 981 | 1334 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 1335 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
| 1336 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 1337 draw_tabline(); | |
| 1338 #endif | |
| 1339 } | |
| 7 | 1340 } |
| 1331 | 1341 |
| 1342 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
| 1343 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
| 1344 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
| 1345 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
| 1346 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
| 1347 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 7 | 1348 } |
| 1349 else | |
| 1350 { | |
| 1351 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1352 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1353 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1354 } | |
| 1355 | |
| 743 | 1356 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
| 1357 { | |
| 1358 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1359 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1360 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1361 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1362 } | |
| 1363 | |
| 7 | 1364 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 1365 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ | |
| 1366 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1367 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
| 1368 { | |
| 1369 linenr_T from, to; | |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 1372 { | |
| 1373 if (VIsual_active | |
| 1374 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
| 1375 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
| 1376 { | |
| 1377 /* | |
| 1378 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
| 1379 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
| 1380 * gained or lost. | |
| 1381 */ | |
| 1382 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1383 { | |
| 1384 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1385 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1386 } | |
| 1387 else | |
| 1388 { | |
| 1389 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1390 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1391 } | |
| 1392 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
| 1393 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
| 1394 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1395 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
| 1396 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1397 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
| 1398 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1399 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1400 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1401 } | |
| 1402 else | |
| 1403 { | |
| 1404 /* | |
| 1405 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
| 1406 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
| 1407 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
| 1408 */ | |
| 1409 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
| 1410 { | |
| 1411 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1412 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1413 } | |
| 1414 else | |
| 1415 { | |
| 1416 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1417 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1418 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
| 1419 from = to; | |
| 1420 } | |
| 1421 | |
| 422 | 1422 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
| 1423 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
| 7 | 1424 { |
| 1425 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
| 1426 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
| 1427 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1428 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1429 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1430 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
| 1431 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1432 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
| 1433 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1434 } | |
| 1435 } | |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 /* | |
| 1438 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
| 1439 * update all lines. | |
| 1440 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
| 1441 */ | |
| 1442 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 1443 { | |
| 1444 colnr_T fromc, toc; | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); | |
| 1447 ++toc; | |
| 1448 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
| 1449 toc = MAXCOL; | |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
| 1452 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
| 1453 { | |
| 1454 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1455 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1456 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1457 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1458 } | |
| 1459 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
| 1460 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
| 1461 } | |
| 1462 } | |
| 1463 else | |
| 1464 { | |
| 1465 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
| 1466 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
| 1467 { | |
| 1468 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1469 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1470 } | |
| 1471 else | |
| 1472 { | |
| 1473 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1474 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1475 } | |
| 1476 } | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 /* | |
| 1479 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
| 1480 */ | |
| 1481 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
| 1482 from = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 /* | |
| 1485 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
| 1486 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
| 1487 */ | |
| 1488 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
| 1489 { | |
| 1490 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1491 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1492 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1493 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1494 } | |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 /* | |
| 1497 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
| 1498 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
| 1499 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
| 1500 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
| 1501 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
| 1502 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
| 1503 * mid_end (in srow). | |
| 1504 */ | |
| 1505 if (mid_start > 0) | |
| 1506 { | |
| 1507 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1508 idx = 0; | |
| 1509 srow = 0; | |
| 1510 if (scrolled_down) | |
| 1511 mid_start = top_end; | |
| 1512 else | |
| 1513 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1514 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
| 1515 { | |
| 1516 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1517 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1518 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
| 1519 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1520 ++idx; | |
| 1521 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1522 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1523 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
| 1524 else | |
| 1525 # endif | |
| 1526 ++lnum; | |
| 1527 } | |
| 1528 srow += mid_start; | |
| 1529 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1530 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
| 1531 { | |
| 1532 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1533 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
| 1534 { | |
| 1535 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
| 1536 mid_end = srow; | |
| 1537 break; | |
| 1538 } | |
| 1539 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1540 } | |
| 1541 } | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1545 { | |
| 1546 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
| 1547 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1548 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 422 | 1549 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
| 7 | 1550 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
| 1551 } | |
| 1552 else | |
| 1553 { | |
| 1554 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
| 1555 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
| 1556 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
| 422 | 1557 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
| 7 | 1558 } |
| 1559 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1562 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
| 1563 save_got_int = got_int; | |
| 1564 got_int = 0; | |
| 1565 #endif | |
| 1566 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1567 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 1568 #endif | |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 /* | |
| 1571 * Update all the window rows. | |
| 1572 */ | |
| 1573 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1574 row = 0; | |
| 1575 srow = 0; | |
| 1576 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
| 1577 for (;;) | |
| 1578 { | |
| 1579 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
| 1580 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
| 1581 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
| 1582 { | |
| 1583 didline = TRUE; | |
| 1584 break; | |
| 1585 } | |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1588 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1589 { | |
| 1590 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1591 break; | |
| 1592 } | |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
| 1595 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
| 1596 srow = row; | |
| 1597 | |
| 1598 /* | |
| 1599 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
| 1600 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
| 1601 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
| 1602 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
| 1603 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
| 1604 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
| 1605 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
| 1606 */ | |
| 1607 if (row < top_end | |
| 1608 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
| 1609 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1610 || top_to_mod | |
| 1611 #endif | |
| 1612 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1613 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
| 1614 || (mod_top != 0 | |
| 1615 && (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1616 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
| 1617 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
| 1618 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1619 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
| 1620 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1621 && syntax_present(wp) |
| 7 | 1622 && ( |
| 1623 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1624 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
| 1625 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
| 1626 # endif | |
| 1627 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
| 1628 #endif | |
| 1629 ))))) | |
| 1630 { | |
| 1631 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1632 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
| 1633 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
| 1634 #endif | |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 /* | |
| 1637 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
| 1638 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
| 1639 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
| 3318 | 1640 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". |
| 7 | 1641 */ |
| 1642 if (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1643 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
| 3318 | 1644 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) |
| 7 | 1645 { |
| 1646 int old_rows = 0; | |
| 1647 int new_rows = 0; | |
| 1648 int xtra_rows; | |
| 1649 linenr_T l; | |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
| 1652 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
| 1653 * currently displayed. */ | |
| 1654 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1655 { | |
| 1656 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
| 1657 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
| 1658 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1659 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
| 1660 break; | |
| 1661 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1662 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1663 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1664 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
| 1665 { | |
| 1666 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
| 1667 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
| 1668 ++i; | |
| 1669 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1670 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1671 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
| 1672 break; | |
| 1673 } | |
| 1674 #endif | |
| 1675 } | |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1678 { | |
| 1679 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
| 1680 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
| 1681 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
| 1682 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1683 } | |
| 1684 else | |
| 1685 { | |
| 1686 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
| 1687 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
| 1688 j = idx; | |
| 1689 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
| 1690 { | |
| 1691 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1692 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 1693 ++new_rows; | |
| 1694 else | |
| 1695 #endif | |
| 1696 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1697 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1698 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
| 1699 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1700 else | |
| 1701 #endif | |
| 1702 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
| 1703 ++j; | |
| 1704 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
| 1705 { | |
| 1706 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
| 1707 new_rows = 9999; | |
| 1708 break; | |
| 1709 } | |
| 1710 } | |
| 1711 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
| 1712 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
| 1713 { | |
| 1714 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
| 1715 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1716 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
| 1717 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
| 1718 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1719 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1720 else | |
| 1721 { | |
| 1722 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1723 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
| 1724 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1725 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1726 else | |
| 1727 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
| 1728 } | |
| 1729 } | |
| 1730 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
| 1731 { | |
| 1732 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
| 1733 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1734 * rest. */ | |
| 1735 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1736 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1737 else | |
| 1738 { | |
| 1739 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1740 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
| 1741 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1742 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1743 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
| 1744 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
| 1745 * updating down. */ | |
| 1746 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
| 1747 } | |
| 1748 } | |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
| 1751 * entries. */ | |
| 1752 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
| 1753 { | |
| 1754 if (j < i) | |
| 1755 { | |
| 1756 int x = row + new_rows; | |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
| 1759 for (;;) | |
| 1760 { | |
| 1761 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1762 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1763 { | |
| 1764 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
| 1765 break; | |
| 1766 } | |
| 1767 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
| 1768 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
| 1769 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
| 1770 > wp->w_height) | |
| 1771 { | |
| 1772 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
| 1773 break; | |
| 1774 } | |
| 1775 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
| 1776 ++i; | |
| 1777 } | |
| 1778 if (bot_start > x) | |
| 1779 bot_start = x; | |
| 1780 } | |
| 1781 else /* j > i */ | |
| 1782 { | |
| 1783 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
| 1784 j -= i; | |
| 1785 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
| 1786 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
| 1787 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1788 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
| 1789 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
| 1792 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
| 1793 * Reset to zero. */ | |
| 1794 while (i >= idx) | |
| 1795 { | |
| 1796 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
| 1797 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1798 } | |
| 1799 } | |
| 1800 } | |
| 1801 } | |
| 1802 } | |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1805 /* | |
| 1806 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
| 1807 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
| 1808 * 'wrap' is on). | |
| 1809 */ | |
| 1810 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
| 1811 if (fold_count != 0) | |
| 1812 { | |
| 1813 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
| 1814 ++row; | |
| 1815 --fold_count; | |
| 1816 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
| 1817 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
| 1818 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1819 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
| 1820 # endif | |
| 1821 } | |
| 1822 else | |
| 1823 #endif | |
| 1824 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1825 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1826 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
| 1827 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
| 1828 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
| 1829 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
| 1830 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1831 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
| 1832 #endif | |
| 1833 ) | |
| 1834 { | |
| 1835 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
| 1836 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
| 1837 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
| 1838 } | |
| 1839 else | |
| 1840 { | |
| 1841 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1842 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
| 1843 #endif | |
| 1844 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1845 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
| 1846 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1847 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1848 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1849 #endif | |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 /* | |
| 1852 * Display one line. | |
| 1853 */ | |
| 625 | 1854 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
| 7 | 1855 |
| 1856 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1857 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
| 1858 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
| 1859 #endif | |
| 1860 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1861 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
| 1862 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
| 1863 #endif | |
| 1864 } | |
| 1865 | |
| 1866 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
| 1867 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
| 1868 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 1869 { | |
| 1870 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
| 3318 | 1871 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 1872 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); |
| 1873 ++idx; | |
| 1874 break; | |
| 1875 } | |
| 3318 | 1876 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 1877 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; |
| 1878 ++idx; | |
| 1879 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1880 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
| 1881 #else | |
| 1882 ++lnum; | |
| 1883 #endif | |
| 1884 } | |
| 1885 else | |
| 1886 { | |
| 1887 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
| 1888 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1889 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 1890 break; | |
| 1891 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1892 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1893 #else | |
| 1894 ++lnum; | |
| 1895 #endif | |
| 1896 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1897 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 1898 #endif | |
| 1899 } | |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1902 { | |
| 1903 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1904 break; | |
| 1905 } | |
| 1906 } | |
| 1907 /* | |
| 1908 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
| 1909 */ | |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1913 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1916 /* | |
| 1917 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
| 1918 */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1919 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1920 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1921 #endif | |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 /* | |
| 1924 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
| 1925 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
| 1926 */ | |
| 1927 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
| 1928 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1929 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
| 1930 #endif | |
| 1931 if (!eof && !didline) | |
| 1932 { | |
| 1933 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1934 { | |
| 1935 /* | |
| 1936 * Single line that does not fit! | |
| 1937 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
| 1938 */ | |
| 1939 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
| 1940 } | |
| 1941 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1942 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
| 1943 { | |
| 1944 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
| 1945 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1946 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
| 1947 } | |
| 1948 #endif | |
| 1949 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
| 1950 { | |
| 1951 /* | |
| 1952 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
| 1953 */ | |
| 1954 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
| 1955 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 1956 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 1957 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 1958 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
| 1959 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1960 } | |
| 1961 else | |
| 1962 { | |
| 1963 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 1964 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1965 } | |
| 1966 } | |
| 1967 else | |
| 1968 { | |
| 1969 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1970 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 1971 #endif | |
| 1972 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1973 { | |
| 1974 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 1975 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1976 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
| 1977 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
| 1978 { | |
| 1979 /* | |
| 1980 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
| 1981 */ | |
| 1982 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 1983 i = '-'; | |
| 1984 else | |
| 1985 i = fill_diff; | |
| 1986 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
| 1987 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1988 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
| 1989 row += j; | |
| 1990 } | |
| 1991 #endif | |
| 1992 } | |
| 3318 | 1993 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 1994 wp->w_botline = lnum; |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
| 1997 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
| 1998 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 1999 } | |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
| 2002 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 2003 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2004 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2005 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
| 2006 #endif | |
| 2007 | |
| 3318 | 2008 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2009 { |
| 2010 /* | |
| 2011 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
| 2012 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
| 2013 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
| 2014 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
| 2015 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
| 2016 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
| 2017 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
| 2018 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
| 2019 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
| 2020 * changes are relevant). | |
| 2021 */ | |
| 2022 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
| 2023 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
| 2024 { | |
| 2025 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 2026 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
| 2027 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
| 2028 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
| 2029 { | |
| 2030 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
| 2031 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
| 2032 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 2033 win_update(curwin); | |
| 2034 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 2035 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
| 2036 } | |
| 2037 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 2038 } | |
| 2039 } | |
| 2040 | |
| 2041 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 2042 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
| 2043 if (!got_int) | |
| 2044 got_int = save_got_int; | |
| 2045 #endif | |
| 2046 } | |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2049 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 /* | |
| 2052 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
| 2053 */ | |
| 2054 static int | |
| 2055 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 2056 win_T *wp; | |
| 2057 { | |
| 2058 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 2059 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2060 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 2061 # endif |
| 2062 ); | |
| 2063 } | |
| 2064 #endif | |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 /* | |
| 2067 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
| 2068 * as the filler character. | |
| 2069 */ | |
| 2070 static void | |
| 2071 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
| 2072 win_T *wp; | |
| 2073 int c1; | |
| 2074 int c2; | |
| 2075 int row; | |
| 2076 int endrow; | |
| 534 | 2077 hlf_T hl; |
| 7 | 2078 { |
| 2079 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
| 2080 int n = 0; | |
| 2081 # define FDC_OFF n | |
| 2082 #else | |
| 2083 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
| 2084 #endif | |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2087 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2088 { | |
| 2089 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
| 2090 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2091 n = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 if (n > 0) | |
| 2094 { | |
| 2095 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
| 119 | 2096 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2097 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2098 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2099 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2100 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2101 } | |
| 2102 # endif | |
| 2103 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2104 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2105 { | |
| 2106 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
| 119 | 2109 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2110 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2111 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2112 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
| 2113 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2114 n = nn; | |
| 2115 } | |
| 2116 # endif | |
| 2117 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2118 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2119 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2120 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2121 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2122 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2123 } | |
| 2124 else | |
| 2125 #endif | |
| 2126 { | |
| 2127 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2128 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2129 { | |
| 2130 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
| 2131 n = 1; | |
| 2132 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
| 2133 n = wp->w_width; | |
| 2134 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2135 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
| 2136 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2137 } | |
| 2138 #endif | |
| 2139 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2140 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 2141 { | |
| 2142 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
| 2145 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2146 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2147 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2148 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2149 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2150 n = nn; | |
| 2151 } | |
| 2152 #endif | |
| 2153 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2154 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2155 { | |
| 2156 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
| 2159 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2160 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2161 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2162 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2163 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2164 n = nn; | |
| 2165 } | |
| 2166 #endif | |
| 2167 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2168 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2169 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2170 } | |
| 2171 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
| 2172 } | |
| 2173 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2174 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2175 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2176 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2177 /* |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2178 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2179 */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2180 static int |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2181 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2182 int vcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2183 int **color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2184 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2185 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2186 ++*color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2187 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2188 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2189 #endif |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2190 |
| 7 | 2191 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2192 /* | |
| 2193 * Display one folded line. | |
| 2194 */ | |
| 2195 static void | |
| 2196 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
| 2197 win_T *wp; | |
| 2198 long fold_count; | |
| 2199 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
| 2200 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2201 int row; | |
| 2202 { | |
| 2203 char_u buf[51]; | |
| 2204 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 2205 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
| 2206 int len; | |
| 29 | 2207 char_u *text; |
| 7 | 2208 int fdc; |
| 2209 int col; | |
| 2210 int txtcol; | |
| 2211 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 216 | 2212 int ri; |
| 7 | 2213 |
| 2214 /* Build the fold line: | |
| 2215 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2216 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2217 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2218 * 4. Compose the text |
| 2219 * 5. Add the text | |
| 2220 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
| 2221 */ | |
| 2222 col = 0; | |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 /* | |
| 2225 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2226 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
| 2227 */ | |
| 2228 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2229 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2230 { | |
| 2231 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
| 2232 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 2233 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2234 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2235 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 2236 #endif | |
| 2237 ++col; | |
| 2238 } | |
| 2239 #endif | |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 /* | |
| 2242 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
| 2243 */ | |
| 2244 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2245 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2246 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2247 if (fdc > 0) | |
| 2248 { | |
| 2249 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
| 2250 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2251 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2252 { | |
| 2253 int i; | |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
| 2256 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2257 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
| 2258 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
| 2259 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
| 2260 } | |
| 2261 else | |
| 2262 #endif | |
| 2263 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2264 col += fdc; | |
| 2265 } | |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 216 | 2268 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
| 2269 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2270 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
| 2271 else \ | |
| 2272 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2273 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2274 #else |
| 216 | 2275 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
| 2276 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2277 #endif |
| 2278 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2279 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2280 * text */ |
| 216 | 2281 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
| 7 | 2282 |
| 2283 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2284 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
| 2285 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2286 { | |
| 2287 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2288 if (len > 0) | |
| 2289 { | |
| 2290 if (len > 2) | |
| 2291 len = 2; | |
| 2292 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2293 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2294 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2295 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
| 2296 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2297 else | |
| 2298 # endif | |
| 2299 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2300 col += len; | |
| 2301 } | |
| 2302 } | |
| 2303 #endif | |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2306 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2307 */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2308 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 2309 { |
| 2310 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2311 if (len > 0) | |
| 2312 { | |
| 13 | 2313 int w = number_width(wp); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2314 long num; |
| 13 | 2315 |
| 2316 if (len > w + 1) | |
| 2317 len = w + 1; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2318 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2319 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2320 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2321 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2322 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2323 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 2324 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2325 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2326 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, num); |
| 7 | 2327 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 2328 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2329 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2330 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
| 2331 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2332 else | |
| 2333 #endif | |
| 2334 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2335 col += len; | |
| 2336 } | |
| 2337 } | |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 /* | |
| 2340 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
| 2341 */ | |
| 29 | 2342 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
| 7 | 2343 |
| 2344 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 /* | |
| 2347 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
| 2348 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
| 2349 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
| 2350 */ | |
| 2351 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2352 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2353 { | |
| 2354 int cells; | |
| 714 | 2355 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 2356 int i; | |
| 7 | 2357 int idx; |
| 2358 int c_len; | |
| 33 | 2359 char_u *p; |
| 7 | 2360 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2361 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2362 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2363 # endif | |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2366 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2367 idx = off; | |
| 2368 else | |
| 2369 # endif | |
| 2370 idx = off + col; | |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
| 2373 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 2374 { | |
| 2375 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
| 474 | 2376 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2377 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
| 2378 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2379 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
| 2380 # endif | |
| 2381 ) | |
| 2382 break; | |
| 2383 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
| 2384 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2385 { | |
| 714 | 2386 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
| 2387 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
| 7 | 2388 { |
| 2389 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
| 2390 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2391 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2392 #endif | |
| 2393 } | |
| 2394 else | |
| 2395 { | |
| 2396 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2397 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 2398 { | |
| 2399 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 2400 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 2401 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 2402 int firstbyte = *p; |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 2405 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 2406 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2407 { | |
| 2408 pc = prev_c; | |
| 2409 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 2410 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
| 714 | 2411 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 2412 } |
| 2413 else | |
| 2414 { | |
| 714 | 2415 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
| 7 | 2416 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 2417 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 2418 } |
| 2419 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2420 | |
| 714 | 2421 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
| 7 | 2422 pc, pc1, nc); |
| 2423 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
| 2424 } | |
| 2425 else | |
| 2426 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2427 #endif | |
| 2428 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
| 1401 | 2429 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 2430 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
| 2431 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 2432 else | |
| 1401 | 2433 #endif |
| 7 | 2434 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
| 714 | 2435 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 2436 { | |
| 2437 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 2438 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 2439 break; | |
| 2440 } | |
| 7 | 2441 } |
| 2442 if (cells > 1) | |
| 2443 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
| 2444 } | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2445 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2446 /* double-byte single width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2447 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2448 else if (cells > 1) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2449 /* double-width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2450 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
| 7 | 2451 col += cells; |
| 2452 idx += cells; | |
| 2453 p += c_len; | |
| 2454 } | |
| 2455 } | |
| 2456 else | |
| 2457 #endif | |
| 2458 { | |
| 2459 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
| 2460 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2461 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2462 if (len > 0) | |
| 2463 { | |
| 2464 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2465 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2466 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
| 2467 else | |
| 2468 #endif | |
| 2469 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
| 2470 col += len; | |
| 2471 } | |
| 2472 } | |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
| 2475 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2476 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2477 col -= txtcol; | |
| 2478 #endif | |
| 2479 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 2480 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2481 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
| 2482 #endif | |
| 2483 ) | |
| 2484 { | |
| 2485 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2486 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2487 { | |
| 2488 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
| 2489 { | |
| 2490 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
| 714 | 2491 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
| 7 | 2492 } |
| 2493 else | |
| 2494 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
| 2495 } | |
| 2496 #endif | |
| 2497 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
| 2498 } | |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 if (text != buf) | |
| 2501 vim_free(text); | |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 /* | |
| 2504 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
| 2505 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
| 2506 */ | |
| 2507 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2508 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2509 { | |
| 2510 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2511 { | |
| 2512 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2513 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2514 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2515 } | |
| 2516 else | |
| 2517 { | |
| 2518 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2519 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2520 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2521 } | |
| 2522 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
| 2523 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
| 2524 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
| 2525 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
| 2526 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
| 2527 && top->col == 0)) | |
| 2528 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
| 2529 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
| 2530 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
| 1883 | 2531 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
| 7 | 2532 { |
| 2533 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 2534 { | |
| 2535 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
| 2536 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2537 { | |
| 3040 | 2538 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL |
| 2539 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol | |
| 2540 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 7 | 2541 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; |
| 2542 else | |
| 2543 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
| 2544 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
| 230 | 2545 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
| 7 | 2546 } |
| 2547 } | |
| 2548 else | |
| 216 | 2549 { |
| 7 | 2550 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
| 216 | 2551 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
| 2552 } | |
| 7 | 2553 } |
| 2554 } | |
| 2555 #endif | |
| 2556 | |
| 743 | 2557 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 2558 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ | |
| 1725 | 2559 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
| 2560 { | |
| 2561 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 2562 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2563 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 2564 else | |
| 2565 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 2566 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2567 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
| 2568 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
| 2569 } | |
| 743 | 2570 #endif |
| 7 | 2571 |
| 2572 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 2573 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 /* | |
| 2576 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 2577 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 2578 */ | |
| 2579 if (wp == curwin | |
| 2580 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 2581 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2582 { | |
| 2583 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
| 2584 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
| 2585 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
| 2586 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 } | |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 /* | |
| 2591 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
| 2592 */ | |
| 2593 static void | |
| 2594 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
| 2595 int off; | |
| 2596 char_u *buf; | |
| 2597 int len; | |
| 2598 int attr; | |
| 2599 { | |
| 216 | 2600 int i; |
| 2601 | |
| 7 | 2602 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
| 2603 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2604 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2605 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
| 2606 # endif | |
| 216 | 2607 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2608 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
| 7 | 2609 } |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 /* | |
| 2612 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
| 548 | 2613 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
| 7 | 2614 */ |
| 2615 static void | |
| 2616 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
| 2617 char_u *p; | |
| 2618 win_T *wp; | |
| 2619 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
| 2620 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
| 2621 { | |
| 2622 int i = 0; | |
| 2623 int level; | |
| 2624 int first_level; | |
| 519 | 2625 int empty; |
| 7 | 2626 |
| 2627 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
| 2628 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); | |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
| 2631 if (level > 0) | |
| 2632 { | |
| 519 | 2633 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
| 2634 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; | |
| 2635 | |
| 7 | 2636 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
| 2637 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
| 519 | 2638 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
| 7 | 2639 if (first_level < 1) |
| 2640 first_level = 1; | |
| 2641 | |
| 519 | 2642 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) |
| 7 | 2643 { |
| 2644 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
| 2645 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
| 2646 p[i] = '-'; | |
| 2647 else if (first_level == 1) | |
| 2648 p[i] = '|'; | |
| 2649 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
| 2650 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
| 2651 else | |
| 2652 p[i] = '>'; | |
| 2653 if (first_level + i == level) | |
| 2654 break; | |
| 2655 } | |
| 2656 } | |
| 2657 if (closed) | |
| 548 | 2658 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
| 7 | 2659 } |
| 2660 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 /* | |
| 2663 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
| 2664 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
| 2665 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
| 2666 * | |
| 2667 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
| 2668 */ | |
| 2669 static int | |
| 625 | 2670 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
| 7 | 2671 win_T *wp; |
| 2672 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2673 int startrow; | |
| 2674 int endrow; | |
| 1883 | 2675 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
| 7 | 2676 { |
| 2677 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
| 2678 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
| 2679 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2680 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
| 2681 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ | |
| 2682 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
| 2683 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
| 2684 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
| 2685 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
| 2688 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
| 1340 | 2689 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
| 7 | 2690 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
| 2691 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
| 2692 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
| 2693 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
| 2694 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
| 2695 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
| 2698 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
| 2699 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
| 2700 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
| 2701 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
| 2704 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
| 2705 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
| 2706 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
| 2711 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
| 2712 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
| 2713 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2714 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 1813 | 2715 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2716 #endif |
| 2717 pos_T pos; | |
| 2718 long v; | |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
| 674 | 2721 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
| 7 | 2722 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
| 2723 in this line */ | |
| 2724 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
| 2725 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
| 2726 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
| 2727 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 743 | 2728 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
| 7 | 2729 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
| 2730 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
| 2731 int save_did_emsg; | |
| 1437 | 2732 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2733 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2734 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
| 743 | 2735 #endif |
| 2736 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 221 | 2737 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
| 348 | 2738 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
| 2739 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
| 353 | 2740 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
| 2741 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
| 348 | 2742 starts */ |
| 221 | 2743 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
| 2744 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
| 378 | 2745 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
| 2746 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
| 348 | 2747 * there are no spell errors */ |
| 386 | 2748 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
| 2749 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
| 348 | 2750 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
| 7 | 2751 #endif |
| 2752 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
| 2753 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2754 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
| 2755 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
| 2756 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
| 2757 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
| 714 | 2758 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
| 7 | 2759 #endif |
| 2760 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2761 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
| 2762 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
| 534 | 2763 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
| 7 | 2764 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
| 2765 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
| 2766 #endif | |
| 2767 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
| 2768 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2769 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 2770 #endif | |
| 910 | 2771 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
| 2772 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 7 | 2773 # define LINE_ATTR |
| 1536 | 2774 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
| 7 | 2775 #endif |
| 2776 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 2777 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 2778 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 2779 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 2780 has been processed or not */ | |
| 2781 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol | |
| 2782 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
| 2783 of the matches */ | |
| 7 | 2784 #endif |
| 2785 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2786 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2787 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2788 #endif | |
| 910 | 2789 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 2790 int did_line_attr = 0; |
| 2791 #endif | |
| 7 | 2792 |
| 2793 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
| 2794 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
| 2795 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2796 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
| 2797 #else | |
| 2798 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
| 2799 #endif | |
| 2800 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2801 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 2802 #else | |
| 2803 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
| 2804 #endif | |
| 2805 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2806 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
| 2807 #else | |
| 2808 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
| 2809 #endif | |
| 2810 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
| 2811 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 2812 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ | |
| 2813 #else | |
| 2814 # define WL_SBR WL_NR | |
| 2815 #endif | |
| 2816 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
| 2817 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
| 574 | 2818 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2819 int feedback_col = 0; |
| 2820 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 2821 #endif | |
| 2822 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2823 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2824 int syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
2825 int syntax_seqnr = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
2826 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2827 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2828 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2829 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2830 wrapping */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2400
diff
changeset
|
2831 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
2832 int did_wcol = FALSE; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2833 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2834 #else |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2835 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2836 #endif |
| 7 | 2837 |
| 2838 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
| 2839 return startrow; | |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 row = startrow; | |
| 2842 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 /* | |
| 2845 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
| 2846 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
| 2847 */ | |
| 2848 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2849 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
| 2850 #else | |
| 2851 extra_check = 0; | |
| 2852 #endif | |
| 2853 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2854 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
| 7 | 2855 { |
| 2856 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
| 2857 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 2858 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 2859 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 2860 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 2861 if (did_emsg) | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2862 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2863 else |
| 2864 { | |
| 2865 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 2866 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
| 2867 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 2868 } | |
| 2869 } | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2870 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2871 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2872 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2873 if (color_cols != NULL) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2874 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
| 743 | 2875 #endif |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 258 | 2878 if (wp->w_p_spell |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2879 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2880 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2881 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
| 221 | 2882 { |
| 2883 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
| 2884 has_spell = TRUE; | |
| 2885 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 348 | 2886 |
| 2887 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
| 2888 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
| 2889 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
| 2890 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
| 2891 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 2892 { | |
| 2893 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 2894 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 2895 } | |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
| 2898 * line is valid. */ | |
| 2899 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
| 2900 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
| 2901 checked_lnum = 0; | |
| 386 | 2902 |
| 2903 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
| 2904 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
| 2905 * the first word. */ | |
| 2906 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
| 2907 cap_col = -1; | |
| 2908 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 2909 cap_col = 0; | |
| 2910 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
| 221 | 2911 } |
| 7 | 2912 #endif |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 /* | |
| 2915 * handle visual active in this window | |
| 2916 */ | |
| 2917 fromcol = -10; | |
| 2918 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 2919 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2920 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2921 { | |
| 2922 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2923 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2924 { | |
| 2925 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2926 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2927 } | |
| 2928 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2929 { | |
| 2930 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2931 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2932 } | |
| 1813 | 2933 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
| 7 | 2934 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
| 2935 { | |
| 1813 | 2936 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
| 7 | 2937 { |
| 2938 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
| 2939 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 2940 } | |
| 2941 } | |
| 2942 else /* non-block mode */ | |
| 2943 { | |
| 2944 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
| 2945 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2946 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
| 2947 { | |
| 2948 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
| 2949 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2950 else | |
| 2951 { | |
| 2952 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2953 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
| 2954 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 2955 } | |
| 2956 } | |
| 2957 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
| 2958 { | |
| 2959 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
| 2960 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2961 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
| 2962 #endif | |
| 2963 ) | |
| 2964 { | |
| 2965 fromcol = -10; | |
| 2966 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 2967 } | |
| 36 | 2968 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
| 2969 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 2970 else |
| 2971 { | |
| 2972 pos = *bot; | |
| 2973 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 2974 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2975 else | |
| 2976 { | |
| 2977 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
| 2978 ++tocol; | |
| 2979 } | |
| 2980 } | |
| 2981 } | |
| 2982 } | |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 #ifndef MSDOS | |
| 2985 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
| 2986 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
| 2987 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2988 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2989 # endif | |
| 2990 ) | |
| 2991 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
| 2992 #endif | |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
| 2995 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 2996 { | |
| 2997 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 2998 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
| 2999 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
| 3000 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 3001 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); | |
| 3002 #endif | |
| 3003 } | |
| 3004 } | |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 /* | |
| 674 | 3007 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
| 7 | 3008 */ |
| 3009 else | |
| 3010 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
| 3011 if (highlight_match | |
| 3012 && wp == curwin | |
| 3013 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 3014 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3015 { | |
| 3016 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3017 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
| 3018 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3019 else | |
| 3020 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3021 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3022 { | |
| 3023 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3024 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
| 3025 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3026 } | |
| 3027 else | |
| 3028 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 1850 | 3029 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
| 3030 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
| 3031 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 7 | 3032 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
| 3033 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
| 3034 } | |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3037 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
| 3038 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
| 3039 { | |
| 3040 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
| 3041 { | |
| 3042 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
| 3043 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3044 else if (change_start == 0) | |
| 3045 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
| 3046 else | |
| 3047 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
| 3048 } | |
| 3049 else | |
| 3050 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3051 filler_lines = 0; | |
| 3052 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3053 } | |
| 3054 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 3055 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 3056 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
| 3057 #endif | |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3060 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3061 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
| 3062 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
| 3063 if (v != 0) | |
| 3064 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
| 3065 # endif | |
| 3066 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 3067 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
| 644 | 3068 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
| 7 | 3069 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
| 3070 # endif | |
| 3071 if (line_attr != 0) | |
| 3072 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3073 #endif | |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3076 ptr = line; | |
| 3077 | |
| 743 | 3078 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 348 | 3079 if (has_spell) |
| 3080 { | |
| 386 | 3081 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
| 3082 if (cap_col == 0) | |
| 835 | 3083 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 386 | 3084 |
| 348 | 3085 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
| 3086 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
| 3087 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
| 3088 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
| 3089 { | |
| 3090 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
| 3091 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3092 nextline_idx = 0; | |
| 3093 } | |
| 3094 else | |
| 3095 { | |
| 835 | 3096 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
| 348 | 3097 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
| 3098 { | |
| 3099 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
| 3100 * next line. */ | |
| 3101 nextlinecol = 0; | |
| 3102 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
| 1621 | 3103 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
| 348 | 3104 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
| 3105 } | |
| 3106 else | |
| 3107 { | |
| 3108 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
| 3109 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
| 3110 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3111 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
| 3112 } | |
| 3113 } | |
| 3114 } | |
| 3115 #endif | |
| 3116 | |
| 7 | 3117 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
| 3118 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
| 3119 { | |
| 3120 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3121 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
| 3122 --trailcol; | |
| 3123 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
| 3124 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3125 } | |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 /* | |
| 3128 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
| 3129 * first character to be displayed. | |
| 3130 */ | |
| 3131 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3132 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 3133 else | |
| 3134 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 3135 if (v > 0) | |
| 3136 { | |
| 3137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3138 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 3139 #endif | |
| 3140 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 3141 { | |
| 3142 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); | |
| 3143 vcol += c; | |
| 3144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3145 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 39 | 3146 #endif |
| 3147 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3148 } |
| 3149 | |
| 1984 | 3150 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) |
| 3151 /* When: | |
| 3152 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3153 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
| 1984 | 3154 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
| 3155 * - the visual mode is active, | |
| 3156 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
| 3157 */ | |
| 3158 if (vcol < v && ( | |
| 3159 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3160 wp->w_p_cuc | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3161 || draw_color_col |
| 1984 | 3162 # if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) |
| 3163 || | |
| 3164 # endif | |
| 3165 # endif | |
| 3166 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3167 virtual_active() | |
| 3168 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3169 || | |
| 3170 # endif | |
| 3171 # endif | |
| 3172 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3173 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 3174 # endif | |
| 3175 )) | |
| 3176 { | |
| 7 | 3177 vcol = v; |
| 1984 | 3178 } |
| 7 | 3179 #endif |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
| 3182 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
| 3183 if (vcol > v) | |
| 3184 { | |
| 3185 vcol -= c; | |
| 3186 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3187 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 3188 #else | |
| 3189 --ptr; | |
| 3190 #endif | |
| 3191 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
| 3192 } | |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 /* | |
| 3195 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
| 3196 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
| 3197 */ | |
| 3198 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
| 3199 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3200 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
| 3201 fromcol = vcol; | |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3204 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
| 3205 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3206 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 3207 #endif | |
| 743 | 3208 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 499 | 3209 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
| 3210 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
| 3211 if (has_spell) | |
| 3212 { | |
| 3213 int len; | |
| 1536 | 3214 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
| 534 | 3215 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 499 | 3216 |
| 3217 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 3218 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 1536 | 3219 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
| 534 | 3220 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
| 1536 | 3221 |
| 3222 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
| 3223 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3224 ptr = line + linecol; | |
| 3225 | |
| 530 | 3226 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
| 499 | 3227 { |
| 3228 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
| 3229 * word */ | |
| 534 | 3230 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3231 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) |
| 1536 | 3232 - line + 1); |
| 499 | 3233 } |
| 3234 else | |
| 534 | 3235 { |
| 499 | 3236 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
| 3237 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
| 3238 | |
| 534 | 3239 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 3240 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 3241 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 3242 } | |
| 499 | 3243 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
| 501 | 3244 |
| 743 | 3245 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 501 | 3246 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
| 3247 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3248 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 743 | 3249 # endif |
| 499 | 3250 } |
| 3251 #endif | |
| 7 | 3252 } |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 /* | |
| 3255 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
| 3256 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
| 3257 */ | |
| 3258 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3259 { | |
| 3260 if (noinvcur) | |
| 3261 { | |
| 3262 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
| 3265 * cursor */ | |
| 3266 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
| 3267 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3268 } | |
| 3269 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3270 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
| 3271 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 3272 } | |
| 3273 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
| 3274 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3275 } | |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3278 /* | |
| 1326 | 3279 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
| 3280 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
| 7 | 3281 */ |
| 1326 | 3282 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3283 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3284 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3285 { | |
| 3286 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3287 { | |
| 3288 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3289 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3290 } | |
| 3291 else | |
| 3292 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 36 | 3293 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3294 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3295 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
| 3296 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 3297 { | |
| 3298 v = (long)(ptr - line); | |
| 3299 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); | |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
| 3302 * invalid. */ | |
| 3303 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3304 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3307 { | |
| 3308 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 36 | 3309 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3310 else |
| 36 | 3311 shl->startcol = 0; |
| 7 | 3312 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum |
| 3313 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
| 36 | 3314 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3315 else |
| 36 | 3316 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 3317 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ |
| 36 | 3318 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3319 { |
| 3320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 36 | 3321 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) |
| 474 | 3322 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3323 else |
| 3324 #endif | |
| 36 | 3325 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3326 } |
| 36 | 3327 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ |
| 7 | 3328 { |
| 3329 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3330 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 3331 } | |
| 3332 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3333 } | |
| 3334 } | |
| 1326 | 3335 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3336 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 3337 } |
| 3338 #endif | |
| 3339 | |
| 743 | 3340 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 818 | 3341 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is |
| 3342 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */ | |
| 3343 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active) | |
| 743 | 3344 { |
| 3345 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
| 3346 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3347 } | |
| 3348 #endif | |
| 3349 | |
| 504 | 3350 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
| 7 | 3351 col = 0; |
| 3352 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3353 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3354 { | |
| 3355 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
| 3356 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
| 3357 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
| 3358 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
| 3359 off += col; | |
| 3360 } | |
| 3361 #endif | |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 /* | |
| 3364 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
| 3365 */ | |
| 3366 for (;;) | |
| 3367 { | |
| 3368 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ | |
| 3369 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
| 3370 { | |
| 3371 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3372 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3373 { | |
| 3374 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
| 3375 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 3376 { | |
| 3377 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
| 3378 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 3379 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
| 7 | 3380 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
| 3381 } | |
| 3382 } | |
| 3383 #endif | |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3386 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3387 { | |
| 3388 draw_state = WL_FOLD; | |
| 3389 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 3390 { | |
| 3391 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
| 3392 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
| 3393 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 3394 p_extra = extra; | |
| 1340 | 3395 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3396 c_extra = NUL; |
| 3397 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
| 3398 } | |
| 3399 } | |
| 3400 #endif | |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3403 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3404 { | |
| 3405 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
| 3406 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
| 3407 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
| 3408 if (draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 3409 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3410 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3411 # endif | |
| 3412 ) | |
| 3413 { | |
| 2661 | 3414 int text_sign; |
| 7 | 3415 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS |
| 2661 | 3416 int icon_sign; |
| 7 | 3417 # endif |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
| 3420 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 3421 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
| 3422 n_extra = 2; | |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 if (row == startrow) | |
| 3425 { | |
| 3426 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3427 SIGN_TEXT); | |
| 3428 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3429 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3430 SIGN_ICON); | |
| 3431 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
| 3432 { | |
| 3433 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
| 3434 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3435 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3436 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
| 3437 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3438 # endif | |
| 3439 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
| 3440 } | |
| 3441 else | |
| 3442 # endif | |
| 3443 if (text_sign != 0) | |
| 3444 { | |
| 3445 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
| 3446 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 3447 { | |
| 3448 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 835 | 3449 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3450 } |
| 3451 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
| 3452 } | |
| 3453 } | |
| 3454 } | |
| 3455 } | |
| 3456 #endif | |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3461 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3462 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3463 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 3464 && (row == startrow |
| 3465 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3466 + filler_lines | |
| 3467 #endif | |
| 3468 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
| 3469 { | |
| 3470 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
| 3471 if (row == startrow | |
| 3472 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3473 + filler_lines | |
| 3474 #endif | |
| 3475 ) | |
| 3476 { | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3477 long num; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3478 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3479 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3480 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3481 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3482 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3483 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 3484 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3485 |
| 13 | 3486 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ", |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3487 number_width(wp), num); |
| 7 | 3488 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
| 3489 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
| 3490 *p_extra = '-'; | |
| 3491 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3492 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
| 3493 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 3494 #endif | |
| 3495 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3496 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3497 } | |
| 3498 else | |
| 3499 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 13 | 3500 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
| 7 | 3501 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
| 743 | 3502 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3503 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
| 3427 | 3504 * the current line differently. |
| 3505 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr | |
| 3506 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ | |
| 743 | 3507 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 3427 | 3508 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CLN); |
| 743 | 3509 #endif |
| 7 | 3510 } |
| 3511 } | |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 3514 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3515 { | |
| 3516 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
| 3517 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3518 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
| 3519 { | |
| 3520 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
| 3521 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 3522 c_extra = '-'; | |
| 3523 else | |
| 3524 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
| 3525 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3526 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3527 n_extra = col + 1; | |
| 3528 else | |
| 3529 # endif | |
| 3530 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 3531 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
| 3532 } | |
| 3533 # endif | |
| 3534 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3535 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
| 3536 { | |
| 3537 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
| 3538 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
| 3539 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3540 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 3541 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3542 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 3543 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', | |
| 3544 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3545 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3546 tocol += n_extra; | |
| 3547 } | |
| 3548 # endif | |
| 3549 } | |
| 3550 #endif | |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3553 { | |
| 3554 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
| 3555 if (saved_n_extra) | |
| 3556 { | |
| 3557 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
| 3558 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
| 3559 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
| 3560 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
| 3561 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
| 3562 } | |
| 3563 else | |
| 3564 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3565 } | |
| 3566 } | |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
| 3318 | 3569 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin |
| 819 | 3570 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 7 | 3571 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 3572 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3573 #endif | |
| 3574 ) | |
| 3575 { | |
| 3576 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 3577 wp->w_p_rl); | |
| 819 | 3578 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
| 3579 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
| 3580 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3581 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
| 3582 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
| 3583 else | |
| 3584 #endif | |
| 3585 row = wp->w_height; | |
| 7 | 3586 break; |
| 3587 } | |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
| 3590 { | |
| 3591 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
| 3592 if (vcol == fromcol | |
| 3593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3594 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
| 3595 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
| 3596 #endif | |
| 3597 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
| 1814 | 3598 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
| 7 | 3599 && vcol < tocol)) |
| 3600 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
| 3601 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
| 3602 && (vcol == tocol | |
| 3603 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
| 3604 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3607 if (!n_extra) | |
| 3608 { | |
| 3609 /* | |
| 3610 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
| 3611 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
| 3612 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
| 3613 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
| 1326 | 3614 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
| 3615 * priority). | |
| 7 | 3616 */ |
| 36 | 3617 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 1326 | 3618 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3619 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3620 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3621 { | |
| 3622 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3623 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3624 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3625 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 3626 { | |
| 3627 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3628 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3629 } | |
| 3630 else | |
| 3631 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 3632 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
| 3633 { | |
| 36 | 3634 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
| 3635 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
| 3636 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3637 { |
| 3638 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3639 } | |
| 36 | 3640 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3641 { |
| 3642 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); | |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
| 3647 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
| 3648 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3649 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3652 { | |
| 36 | 3653 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3654 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
| 36 | 3655 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3656 else |
| 36 | 3657 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3660 { |
| 3661 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
| 3662 * it */ | |
| 3663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3664 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 3665 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
| 36 | 3666 + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3667 else |
| 3668 #endif | |
| 36 | 3669 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3670 } |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
| 3673 * current position */ | |
| 3674 continue; | |
| 3675 } | |
| 3676 } | |
| 3677 break; | |
| 3678 } | |
| 1326 | 3679 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3680 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3681 } | |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
| 3684 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 3685 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
| 3686 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 3687 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3688 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3689 { | |
| 3690 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3691 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3692 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3693 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 3694 { |
| 1326 | 3695 shl = &search_hl; |
| 3696 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 3697 } |
| 1326 | 3698 else |
| 3699 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 3700 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
| 3701 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
| 3702 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 3703 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3704 } | |
| 7 | 3705 } |
| 3706 #endif | |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 674 | 3709 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
| 7 | 3710 { |
| 1295 | 3711 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
| 3712 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3713 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
| 1295 | 3714 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
| 3715 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3716 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
| 674 | 3717 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 3718 } | |
| 3719 #endif | |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
| 3722 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
| 3723 if (area_attr != 0) | |
| 3724 char_attr = area_attr; | |
| 3725 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
| 3726 char_attr = search_attr; | |
| 3727 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3728 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area | |
| 3729 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
| 3730 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
| 1842 | 3731 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
| 3732 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
| 674 | 3733 char_attr = line_attr; |
| 3734 #endif | |
| 3735 else | |
| 3736 { | |
| 3737 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
| 3738 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3739 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3740 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
| 3741 else | |
| 3742 #endif | |
| 3743 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3744 } | |
| 7 | 3745 } |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 /* | |
| 3748 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
| 3749 */ | |
| 3750 /* | |
| 1340 | 3751 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
| 3752 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
| 3753 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
| 3754 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
| 3755 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
| 7 | 3756 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
| 3757 */ | |
| 3758 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 3759 { | |
| 3760 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
| 3761 { | |
| 3762 c = c_extra; | |
| 3763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3764 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
| 3765 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 3766 { | |
| 3767 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 3768 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 3769 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3770 } |
| 3771 else | |
| 3772 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3773 #endif | |
| 3774 } | |
| 3775 else | |
| 3776 { | |
| 3777 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3778 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3779 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3780 { | |
| 3781 mb_c = c; | |
| 3782 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3783 { | |
| 3784 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
| 3785 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3786 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3787 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 3788 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
| 3789 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3790 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3791 { | |
| 714 | 3792 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
| 7 | 3793 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
| 819 | 3794 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3795 } |
| 3796 } | |
| 3797 else | |
| 3798 { | |
| 3799 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
| 3800 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 3801 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
| 3802 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3803 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3804 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
| 3805 } | |
| 504 | 3806 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
| 3807 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3808 | |
| 7 | 3809 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
| 3810 * last column. */ | |
| 504 | 3811 if (( |
| 7 | 3812 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 3813 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 3814 # endif | |
| 504 | 3815 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
| 7 | 3816 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
| 3817 { | |
| 3818 c = '>'; | |
| 3819 mb_c = c; | |
| 3820 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3821 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3822 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3823 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
| 3824 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 3825 ++n_extra; | |
| 3826 --p_extra; | |
| 3827 } | |
| 3828 else | |
| 3829 { | |
| 3830 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 3831 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
| 3832 } | |
| 3833 } | |
| 3834 #endif | |
| 3835 ++p_extra; | |
| 3836 } | |
| 3837 --n_extra; | |
| 3838 } | |
| 3839 else | |
| 3840 { | |
| 3841 /* | |
| 3842 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
| 3843 */ | |
| 3844 c = *ptr; | |
| 3845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3846 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3847 { | |
| 3848 mb_c = c; | |
| 3849 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3850 { | |
| 3851 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
| 3852 * into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3853 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3854 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 3855 if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3856 { | |
| 714 | 3857 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 3858 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
| 3859 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
| 3860 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
| 3861 c = mb_c; | |
| 3862 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 507 | 3863 |
| 3864 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
| 3865 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
| 3866 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
| 3867 { | |
| 1326 | 3868 int i; |
| 3869 | |
| 714 | 3870 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
| 3871 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
| 3872 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
| 507 | 3873 mb_c = ' '; |
| 3874 } | |
| 7 | 3875 } |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 3878 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
| 3879 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
| 1401 | 3880 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 3881 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
| 3882 # endif | |
| 3883 ))) | |
| 7 | 3884 { |
| 3885 /* | |
| 3886 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
| 3887 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
| 3888 */ | |
| 1401 | 3889 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 3890 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
| 1401 | 3891 # endif |
| 7 | 3892 { |
| 3893 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
| 714 | 3894 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 7 | 3895 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
| 3896 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 714 | 3897 # endif |
| 7 | 3898 } |
| 1401 | 3899 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 3900 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
| 3901 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
| 3902 else | |
| 3903 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
| 3904 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
| 1401 | 3905 # endif |
| 7 | 3906 |
| 3907 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3908 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3909 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
| 3910 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
| 3911 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 3912 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3913 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3914 { | |
| 3915 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3916 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3917 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3918 } | |
| 3919 } | |
| 3920 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 3921 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3922 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 3923 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
| 3924 { | |
| 3925 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 3926 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 3927 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 3928 |
| 3929 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 3930 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 3931 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3932 { | |
| 3933 pc = prev_c; | |
| 3934 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 3935 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
| 714 | 3936 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 3937 } |
| 3938 else | |
| 3939 { | |
| 714 | 3940 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
| 7 | 3941 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 3942 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 3943 } |
| 3944 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 3945 | |
| 714 | 3946 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
| 7 | 3947 } |
| 3948 else | |
| 3949 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 3950 #endif | |
| 3951 } | |
| 3952 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
| 3953 { | |
| 3954 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 3955 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 3956 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3957 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3958 { | |
| 3959 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
| 3960 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
| 3961 */ | |
| 3962 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
| 3963 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
| 3964 else | |
| 3965 { | |
| 3966 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 3967 { | |
| 3968 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
| 3969 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3970 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
| 3971 } | |
| 3972 else | |
| 3973 { | |
| 3974 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
| 3975 mb_l = 2; | |
| 3976 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
| 3977 } | |
| 3978 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3979 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
| 3980 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3981 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 3982 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3983 { | |
| 3984 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3985 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3986 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3987 } | |
| 3988 mb_c = c; | |
| 3989 } | |
| 3990 } | |
| 3991 } | |
| 3992 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
| 3993 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
| 3994 * next line. */ | |
| 3995 if (( | |
| 3996 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3997 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 3998 # endif | |
| 3999 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
| 4000 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
| 4001 { | |
| 4002 c = '>'; | |
| 4003 mb_c = c; | |
| 4004 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4005 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4006 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4007 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
| 4008 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4009 --ptr; | |
| 4010 } | |
| 4011 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 4012 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4015 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable |
|
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4016 * charactes. */ |
|
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4017 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) |
| 7 | 4018 { |
| 4019 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 4020 c_extra = '<'; |
| 7 | 4021 c = ' '; |
| 4022 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4023 { | |
| 4024 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4025 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4026 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4027 } | |
| 4028 mb_c = c; | |
| 4029 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4030 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4031 } | |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 } | |
| 4034 #endif | |
| 4035 ++ptr; | |
| 4036 | |
| 12 | 4037 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ |
| 819 | 4038 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160 |
| 4039 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4040 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160) | |
| 4041 #endif | |
| 4042 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
| 12 | 4043 { |
| 4044 c = lcs_nbsp; | |
| 4045 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4046 { | |
| 4047 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4048 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4049 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4052 mb_c = c; | |
| 4053 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4054 { | |
| 4055 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4056 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4057 c = 0xc0; |
| 12 | 4058 } |
| 4059 else | |
| 4060 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4061 #endif | |
| 4062 } | |
| 4063 | |
| 7 | 4064 if (extra_check) |
| 4065 { | |
| 743 | 4066 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 4067 int can_spell = TRUE; |
| 743 | 4068 #endif |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 7 | 4071 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
| 4072 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
| 221 | 4073 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 4074 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
| 7 | 4075 { |
| 4076 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
| 4077 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 4078 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 4079 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 4080 | |
| 221 | 4081 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
| 743 | 4082 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4083 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4084 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4085 NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4086 |
| 4087 if (did_emsg) | |
| 482 | 4088 { |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4089 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 482 | 4090 has_syntax = FALSE; |
| 4091 } | |
| 7 | 4092 else |
| 4093 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
| 4096 * have made it invalid. */ | |
| 4097 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 4098 ptr = line + v; | |
| 4099 | |
| 674 | 4100 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4101 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 301 | 4102 else |
| 303 | 4103 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4104 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4105 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4106 * with line highlighting */ |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4107 if (c == NUL) |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4108 syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4109 else |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4110 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4111 # endif |
| 7 | 4112 } |
| 743 | 4113 #endif |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 301 | 4116 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
| 319 | 4117 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
| 4118 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
| 4119 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
| 348 | 4120 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
| 221 | 4121 { |
| 230 | 4122 spell_attr = 0; |
| 743 | 4123 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 674 | 4124 if (!attr_pri) |
| 230 | 4125 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 743 | 4126 # endif |
| 4127 if (c != 0 && ( | |
| 4128 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4129 !has_syntax || | |
| 4130 # endif | |
| 4131 can_spell)) | |
| 221 | 4132 { |
| 348 | 4133 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
| 4134 int len; | |
| 534 | 4135 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 221 | 4136 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 336 | 4137 if (has_mbyte) |
| 4138 { | |
| 4139 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
| 4140 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4141 } | |
| 4142 else | |
| 221 | 4143 # endif |
| 336 | 4144 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
| 348 | 4145 |
| 4146 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
| 4147 * next line concatenated. */ | |
| 4148 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
| 4149 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
| 4150 else | |
| 4151 p = prev_ptr; | |
| 835 | 4152 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 625 | 4153 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
| 4154 nochange); | |
| 348 | 4155 word_end = v + len; |
| 301 | 4156 |
| 4157 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
| 4158 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
| 534 | 4159 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
| 301 | 4160 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
| 4161 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
| 4162 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
| 4163 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
| 4164 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
| 221 | 4165 { |
| 534 | 4166 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 301 | 4167 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
| 221 | 4168 } |
| 348 | 4169 |
| 534 | 4170 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
| 348 | 4171 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
| 4172 { | |
| 4173 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
| 4174 * start of the next line. */ | |
| 4175 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4176 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
| 348 | 4177 } |
| 386 | 4178 |
| 534 | 4179 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 4180 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 4181 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 4182 | |
| 386 | 4183 if (cap_col > 0) |
| 4184 { | |
| 4185 if (p != prev_ptr | |
| 4186 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
| 4187 { | |
| 4188 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
| 4189 * must start with a capital. */ | |
| 4190 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4191 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
| 4192 - nextline_idx); | |
| 386 | 4193 } |
| 4194 else | |
| 4195 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
| 835 | 4196 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 386 | 4197 } |
| 221 | 4198 } |
| 4199 } | |
| 4200 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
| 348 | 4201 { |
| 674 | 4202 if (!attr_pri) |
| 348 | 4203 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
| 4204 else | |
| 4205 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
| 4206 } | |
| 7 | 4207 #endif |
| 4208 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4209 /* | |
| 221 | 4210 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
| 7 | 4211 */ |
| 4212 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr) | |
| 819 | 4213 && !wp->w_p_list) |
| 7 | 4214 { |
| 4215 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - ( | |
| 4216 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4217 has_mbyte ? mb_l : | |
| 4218 # endif | |
| 4219 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1; | |
| 4220 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4221 if (vim_iswhite(c)) | |
| 4222 c = ' '; | |
| 4223 } | |
| 4224 #endif | |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
| 4227 { | |
| 4228 c = lcs_trail; | |
| 674 | 4229 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4230 { |
| 4231 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4232 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4233 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4234 } | |
| 4235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4236 mb_c = c; | |
| 4237 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4238 { | |
| 4239 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4240 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4241 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4242 } |
| 4243 else | |
| 4244 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4245 #endif | |
| 4246 } | |
| 4247 } | |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 /* | |
| 4250 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
| 4251 */ | |
| 819 | 4252 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
| 7 | 4253 { |
| 4254 /* | |
| 4255 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
| 4256 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
| 4257 * into "ScreenLines". | |
| 4258 */ | |
| 4259 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 4260 { | |
| 4261 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
| 4262 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
| 3004 | 4263 - VCOL_HLC % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; |
| 7 | 4264 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4265 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4266 #endif | |
| 4267 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
| 4268 { | |
| 4269 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 4270 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4271 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4272 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4273 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4274 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4275 mb_c = c; | |
| 4276 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4277 { | |
| 4278 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4279 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4280 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4281 } |
| 4282 #endif | |
| 4283 } | |
| 4284 else | |
| 4285 { | |
| 4286 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4287 c = ' '; | |
| 4288 } | |
| 4289 } | |
| 36 | 4290 else if (c == NUL |
| 4291 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) | |
| 4292 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) | |
| 4293 && tocol > vcol | |
| 39 | 4294 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 36 | 4295 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V |
| 39 | 4296 #endif |
| 36 | 4297 && ( |
| 4298 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4299 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4300 # endif | |
| 4301 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 4302 && !(noinvcur | |
| 1850 | 4303 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 36 | 4304 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
| 4305 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4306 { |
| 36 | 4307 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
| 4308 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
| 7 | 4309 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 4310 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
| 4311 * "$". */ | |
| 4312 if ( | |
| 4313 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 534 | 4314 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
| 7 | 4315 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
| 4316 && | |
| 4317 # endif | |
| 4318 # endif | |
| 4319 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 4320 line_attr == 0 | |
| 4321 # endif | |
| 4322 ) | |
| 4323 #endif | |
| 4324 { | |
| 4325 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4326 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
| 4327 * beyond end of line. */ | |
| 4328 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
| 4329 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
| 4330 n_extra = 0; | |
| 4331 else | |
| 4332 #endif | |
| 4333 { | |
| 4334 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
| 4335 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4336 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4337 } | |
| 4338 } | |
| 36 | 4339 if (wp->w_p_list) |
| 4340 c = lcs_eol; | |
| 4341 else | |
| 4342 c = ' '; | |
| 7 | 4343 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
| 4344 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 674 | 4345 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4346 { |
| 4347 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4348 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4349 } | |
| 4350 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4351 mb_c = c; | |
| 4352 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4353 { | |
| 4354 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4355 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4356 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4357 } |
| 4358 else | |
| 4359 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4360 #endif | |
| 4361 } | |
| 4362 else if (c != NUL) | |
| 4363 { | |
| 4364 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
| 4365 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4366 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4367 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
| 4368 #endif | |
| 4369 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 4370 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4371 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 674 | 4372 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4373 { |
| 4374 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4375 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4376 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4377 } | |
| 4378 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4379 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4380 #endif | |
| 4381 } | |
| 4382 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4383 else if (VIsual_active | |
| 4384 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
| 4385 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
| 4386 && virtual_active() | |
| 4387 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
| 4388 && vcol < tocol | |
| 4389 && ( | |
| 4390 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4391 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4392 # endif | |
| 4393 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4394 { | |
| 4395 c = ' '; | |
| 4396 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 4397 } | |
| 4398 #endif | |
| 910 | 4399 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 7 | 4400 else if (( |
| 4401 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 910 | 4402 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
| 7 | 4403 # endif |
| 4404 line_attr != 0 | |
| 4405 ) && ( | |
| 4406 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4407 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4408 # endif | |
|
2553
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4409 (col |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4410 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4411 - boguscols |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4412 # endif |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4413 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) |
| 7 | 4414 { |
| 4415 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
| 4416 c = ' '; | |
| 4417 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 867 | 4418 |
| 4419 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
| 4420 ++did_line_attr; | |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
| 4423 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
| 4424 char_attr = line_attr; | |
| 7 | 4425 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 4426 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
| 4427 { | |
| 4428 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
| 4429 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
| 4430 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); | |
| 4431 } | |
| 4432 # endif | |
| 4433 } | |
| 4434 #endif | |
| 4435 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4436 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4437 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4438 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4439 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4440 conceal_cursor_line(wp)) |
|
2380
b47748aa3236
Don't conceal text in lines inside the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4441 && (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 |
|
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4442 && !(lnum_in_visual_area |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4443 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4444 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4445 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4446 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4447 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || wp->w_p_cole == 1) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4448 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4449 { |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4450 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4451 * character. */ |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4452 if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4453 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4454 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4455 c = lcs_conceal; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4456 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4457 c = ' '; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4458 |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4459 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4460 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4461 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4462 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4463 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4464 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4465 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4466 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4467 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4468 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4469 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4470 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4471 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4472 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4473 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4474 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4475 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4476 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4477 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4478 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4479 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4480 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4481 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4482 else if (n_skip == 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4483 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4484 is_concealing = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4485 n_skip = 1; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4486 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4487 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4488 mb_c = c; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4489 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4490 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4491 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4492 u8cc[0] = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4493 c = 0xc0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4494 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4495 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4496 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4497 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4498 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4499 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4500 { |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4501 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4502 is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4503 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4504 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 4505 } |
| 4506 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4507 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4508 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4509 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ |
|
2381
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4510 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE |
|
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4511 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4512 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4513 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4514 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4515 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; |
|
2393
210a5605e126
Fix for cursor position in wrapped line with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
4516 wp->w_wrow = row; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4517 did_wcol = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4518 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4519 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4520 |
| 7 | 4521 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ |
| 4522 if (n_attr > 0 | |
| 4523 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
| 674 | 4524 && !attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4525 char_attr = extra_attr; |
| 4526 | |
| 42 | 4527 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 4528 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
| 4529 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
| 4530 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
| 4531 if (xic != NULL | |
| 1850 | 4532 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 7 | 4533 && (State & INSERT) |
| 4534 && !p_imdisable | |
| 4535 && im_is_preediting() | |
| 4536 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
| 4537 { | |
| 4538 colnr_T tcol; | |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
| 1850 | 4541 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 4542 else |
| 4543 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
| 4544 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
| 4545 { | |
| 4546 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
| 4547 { | |
| 4548 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4549 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
| 4550 } | |
| 4551 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
| 4552 if (char_attr < 0) | |
| 4553 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4554 feedback_col++; | |
| 4555 } | |
| 4556 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
| 4557 { | |
| 4558 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4559 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 4560 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4561 } | |
| 4562 } | |
| 4563 #endif | |
| 4564 /* | |
| 4565 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
| 4566 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
| 4567 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
| 4568 */ | |
| 4569 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
| 4570 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) | |
| 4571 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4572 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4573 #endif | |
| 4574 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
| 4575 && c != NUL) | |
| 4576 { | |
| 4577 c = lcs_prec; | |
| 4578 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
| 4579 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4580 mb_c = c; | |
| 4581 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4582 { | |
| 4583 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4584 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4585 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4586 } |
| 4587 else | |
| 4588 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4589 #endif | |
| 674 | 4590 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4591 { |
| 4592 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4593 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
| 4594 n_attr3 = 1; | |
| 4595 } | |
| 4596 } | |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 /* | |
| 867 | 4599 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
| 7 | 4600 */ |
| 867 | 4601 if (c == NUL |
| 910 | 4602 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4603 || did_line_attr == 1 |
| 4604 #endif | |
| 4605 ) | |
| 4606 { | |
| 4607 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4608 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
| 1437 | 4609 |
| 4610 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
| 1439 | 4611 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
| 1437 | 4612 ++prevcol; |
| 867 | 4613 #endif |
| 4614 | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4615 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
| 7 | 4616 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
| 4617 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
| 4618 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
| 1326 | 4619 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4620 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4621 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
| 4622 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4623 else | |
| 4624 { | |
| 4625 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4626 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 4627 { | |
| 4628 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
| 4629 { | |
| 4630 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4631 break; | |
| 4632 } | |
| 4633 cur = cur->next; | |
| 4634 } | |
| 4635 } | |
| 4636 #endif | |
| 7 | 4637 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
| 1850 | 4638 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
| 4639 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 4640 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4641 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
| 4642 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4643 #endif | |
| 4644 && c == NUL) | |
| 7 | 4645 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4646 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
| 1326 | 4647 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
| 910 | 4648 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4649 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
| 4650 # endif | |
| 4651 ) | |
| 7 | 4652 #endif |
| 4653 )) | |
| 4654 { | |
| 4655 int n = 0; | |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4658 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4659 { | |
| 4660 if (col < 0) | |
| 4661 n = 1; | |
| 4662 } | |
| 4663 else | |
| 4664 #endif | |
| 4665 { | |
| 4666 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 4667 n = -1; | |
| 4668 } | |
| 4669 if (n != 0) | |
| 4670 { | |
| 4671 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
| 4672 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
| 4673 off += n; | |
| 4674 col += n; | |
| 4675 } | |
| 4676 else | |
| 4677 { | |
| 4678 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
| 4679 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4680 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4681 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4682 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4683 #endif | |
| 4684 } | |
| 4685 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4686 if (area_attr == 0) | |
| 4687 { | |
| 1326 | 4688 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
| 4689 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 4690 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
| 4691 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4692 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4693 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 699 | 4694 { |
| 1326 | 4695 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
| 4696 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 4697 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 4698 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 4699 { |
| 1326 | 4700 shl = &search_hl; |
| 4701 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 4702 } |
| 1326 | 4703 else |
| 4704 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 4705 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
| 4706 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 4707 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 4708 cur = cur->next; | |
| 699 | 4709 } |
| 7 | 4710 } |
| 4711 #endif | |
| 4712 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4713 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4714 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 1437 | 4715 { |
| 7 | 4716 --col; |
| 1437 | 4717 --off; |
| 4718 } | |
| 7 | 4719 else |
| 4720 #endif | |
| 1437 | 4721 { |
| 7 | 4722 ++col; |
| 1437 | 4723 ++off; |
| 4724 } | |
| 743 | 4725 ++vcol; |
| 1437 | 4726 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 4727 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
| 4728 #endif | |
| 743 | 4729 } |
| 867 | 4730 } |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 /* | |
| 4733 * At end of the text line. | |
| 4734 */ | |
| 4735 if (c == NUL) | |
| 4736 { | |
| 743 | 4737 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1850 | 4738 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 4739 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 1437 | 4740 { |
| 4741 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
| 4742 --col; | |
| 4743 --off; | |
| 4744 --vcol; | |
| 4745 } | |
| 4746 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4747 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
| 758 | 4748 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
| 4749 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 4750 else | |
| 4751 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4752 |
| 820 | 4753 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
| 4754 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
| 4755 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4756 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4757 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4758 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4759 col -= boguscols; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4760 boguscols = 0; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4761 #endif |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4762 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4763 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4764 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4765 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4766 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4767 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4768 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4769 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4770 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4771 || draw_color_col) |
| 743 | 4772 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4773 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
| 4774 # endif | |
| 4775 ) | |
| 4776 { | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4777 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4778 int i; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4779 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4780 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4781 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4782 if (draw_color_col) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4783 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4784 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4785 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4786 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4787 |
| 743 | 4788 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 4789 { | |
| 4790 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4791 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4792 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4793 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4794 #endif | |
| 4795 ++col; | |
|
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4796 if (draw_color_col) |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4797 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4798 &color_cols); |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4799 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4800 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4801 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4802 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4803 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4804 else |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4805 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4806 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4807 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
| 743 | 4808 break; |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4809 |
| 743 | 4810 ++vcol; |
| 4811 } | |
| 4812 } | |
| 4813 #endif | |
| 7 | 4814 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4815 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4816 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
| 7 | 4817 row++; |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 /* | |
| 4820 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 4821 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 4822 */ | |
| 4823 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4824 { | |
| 4825 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
| 4826 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
| 4827 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 4828 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
| 4829 #endif | |
| 4830 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 4831 } | |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 break; | |
| 4834 } | |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
| 4837 if (lcs_ext | |
| 4838 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 4839 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4840 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4841 #endif | |
| 4842 && ( | |
| 4843 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4844 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
| 4845 #endif | |
| 4846 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
| 4847 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 1555 | 4848 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
| 7 | 4849 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
| 4850 { | |
| 4851 c = lcs_ext; | |
| 4852 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4853 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4854 mb_c = c; | |
| 4855 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4856 { | |
| 4857 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4858 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4859 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4860 } |
| 4861 else | |
| 4862 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4863 #endif | |
| 4864 } | |
| 4865 | |
| 743 | 4866 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4867 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4868 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4869 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4870 |
| 743 | 4871 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4872 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4873 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4874 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4875 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4876 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4877 { |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4878 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4879 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4880 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4881 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4882 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4883 } |
|
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
4884 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4885 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4886 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4887 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4888 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4889 } |
| 743 | 4890 #endif |
| 4891 | |
| 7 | 4892 /* |
| 4893 * Store character to be displayed. | |
| 4894 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
| 4895 */ | |
| 4896 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
| 4897 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
| 4898 { | |
| 4899 /* | |
| 4900 * Store the character. | |
| 4901 */ | |
| 4902 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 4903 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 4904 { | |
| 4905 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
| 4906 --off; | |
| 4907 --col; | |
| 4908 } | |
| 4909 #endif | |
| 4910 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 4911 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4912 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4913 { |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4914 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4915 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
| 7 | 4916 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4917 } |
| 7 | 4918 else if (enc_utf8) |
| 4919 { | |
| 4920 if (mb_utf8) | |
| 4921 { | |
| 1326 | 4922 int i; |
| 4923 | |
| 7 | 4924 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
| 819 | 4925 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
| 4926 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
| 714 | 4927 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 4928 { | |
| 4929 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 4930 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 4931 break; | |
| 4932 } | |
| 7 | 4933 } |
| 4934 else | |
| 4935 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4936 } | |
| 4937 if (multi_attr) | |
| 4938 { | |
| 4939 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
| 4940 multi_attr = 0; | |
| 4941 } | |
| 4942 else | |
| 4943 #endif | |
| 4944 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4947 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 4948 { | |
| 4949 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
| 4950 ++off; | |
| 4951 ++col; | |
| 4952 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4953 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
| 4954 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
| 4955 else | |
| 4956 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
| 4957 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
| 4958 ++vcol; | |
| 4959 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
| 4960 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
| 4961 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 4962 ++tocol; | |
| 4963 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4964 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4965 { | |
| 4966 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
| 4967 --off; | |
| 4968 --col; | |
| 4969 } | |
| 4970 #endif | |
| 4971 } | |
| 4972 #endif | |
| 4973 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4974 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4975 { | |
| 4976 --off; | |
| 4977 --col; | |
| 4978 } | |
| 4979 else | |
| 4980 #endif | |
| 4981 { | |
| 4982 ++off; | |
| 4983 ++col; | |
| 4984 } | |
| 4985 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4986 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4987 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4988 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4989 --n_skip; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4990 ++vcol_off; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4991 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4992 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4993 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4994 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4995 /* |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4996 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4997 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4998 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4999 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5000 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5001 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5002 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5003 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5004 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5005 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5006 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5007 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5008 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5009 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5010 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5011 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5012 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5013 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5014 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5015 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5016 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5017 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5018 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5019 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5020 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5021 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5022 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5023 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5024 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5025 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5026 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5027 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5028 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5029 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5030 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5031 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5032 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5033 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5034 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5035 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5036 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5037 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5038 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5039 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5040 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5041 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5042 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5043 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5044 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5045 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5046 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5047 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5048 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5049 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5050 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5051 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5052 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5053 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5054 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5055 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5056 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5057 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5058 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5059 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5060 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5061 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5062 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5063 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5064 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5065 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5066 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5067 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5068 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5069 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5070 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5071 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 5072 else |
| 5073 --n_skip; | |
| 5074 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5075 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5076 * column. */ |
| 1849 | 5077 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
| 7 | 5078 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 5079 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5080 #endif | |
| 5081 ) | |
| 5082 ++vcol; | |
| 5083 | |
| 743 | 5084 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5085 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
| 5086 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
| 5087 #endif | |
| 5088 | |
| 7 | 5089 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
| 5090 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
| 5091 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
| 5094 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
| 5095 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 /* | |
| 5098 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
| 1378 | 5099 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
| 7 | 5100 */ |
| 5101 if (( | |
| 5102 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5103 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
| 5104 #endif | |
| 5105 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 5106 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 5107 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5108 || filler_todo > 0 | |
| 5109 #endif | |
| 2724 | 5110 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) |
| 7 | 5111 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) |
| 5112 ) | |
| 5113 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5114 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5115 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5116 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5117 boguscols = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5118 #else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5119 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5120 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5121 #endif |
| 7 | 5122 ++row; |
| 5123 ++screen_row; | |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
| 5126 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
| 5127 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5128 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5129 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5130 #endif | |
| 5131 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
| 5132 break; | |
| 5133 | |
| 5134 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
| 5135 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
| 5136 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5137 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5138 #endif | |
| 5139 ) | |
| 5140 { | |
| 5141 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 5142 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5143 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 5144 #endif | |
| 5145 row = endrow; | |
| 5146 } | |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
| 5149 if (row == endrow) | |
| 5150 { | |
| 5151 ++row; | |
| 5152 break; | |
| 5153 } | |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
| 5156 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5157 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5158 #endif | |
| 5159 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
| 5160 { | |
| 5161 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
| 5162 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 /* | |
| 5165 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
| 5166 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
| 5167 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
| 5168 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
| 5169 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
| 5170 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
| 5171 * (something has been written in it). | |
| 5172 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
| 5173 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
| 5174 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
| 5175 */ | |
| 5176 if (p_tf | |
| 5177 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5178 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5179 #endif | |
| 5180 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5181 && !(has_mbyte | |
| 1378 | 5182 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
| 5183 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5184 == 2 | |
| 7 | 5185 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
| 1378 | 5186 + (int)Columns - 2, |
| 5187 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5188 == 2)) | |
| 7 | 5189 #endif |
| 5190 ) | |
| 5191 { | |
| 5192 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
| 5193 * then output the same character again to let the | |
| 5194 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
| 5195 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
| 5196 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5197 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5198 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
| 5199 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
| 5200 | |
| 5201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5202 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
| 5203 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
| 148 | 5204 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
| 5205 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5206 out_char(' '); |
| 5207 else | |
| 5208 #endif | |
| 5209 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5210 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
| 5211 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
| 5212 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 5213 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5214 } | |
| 5215 } | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 col = 0; | |
| 5218 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5219 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5220 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5221 { | |
| 5222 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
| 5223 off += col; | |
| 5224 } | |
| 5225 #endif | |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
| 5228 draw_state = WL_START; | |
| 5229 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
| 5230 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
| 5231 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
| 5232 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
| 5233 n_extra = 0; | |
| 5234 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
| 5235 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5236 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5237 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
| 5238 # endif | |
| 5239 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 5240 #endif | |
| 5241 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5242 --filler_todo; | |
| 5243 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
| 5244 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
| 5245 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
| 5246 break; | |
| 5247 #endif | |
| 5248 } | |
| 5249 | |
| 5250 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
| 5251 | |
| 743 | 5252 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 386 | 5253 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
| 5254 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
| 5255 { | |
| 5256 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 5257 cap_col = 0; | |
| 5258 } | |
| 5259 #endif | |
| 5260 | |
| 7 | 5261 return row; |
| 5262 } | |
| 5263 | |
| 714 | 5264 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5265 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 /* | |
| 5268 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5269 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
| 714 | 5270 */ |
| 5271 static int | |
| 5272 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
| 5273 int off_from; | |
| 5274 int off_to; | |
| 5275 { | |
| 5276 int i; | |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5279 { | |
| 5280 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
| 5281 return TRUE; | |
| 5282 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
| 5283 break; | |
| 5284 } | |
| 5285 return FALSE; | |
| 5286 } | |
| 5287 #endif | |
| 5288 | |
| 7 | 5289 /* |
| 5290 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
| 5291 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
| 5292 * - the attributes are different | |
| 5293 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
| 1616 | 5294 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
| 7 | 5295 */ |
| 5296 static int | |
| 5297 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
| 5298 int off_from; | |
| 5299 int off_to; | |
| 5300 int cols; | |
| 5301 { | |
| 5302 if (cols > 0 | |
| 5303 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
| 5304 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5307 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
| 5308 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
| 5309 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
| 5310 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
| 5311 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5312 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 5313 || (enc_utf8 | |
| 5314 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
| 5315 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
| 1616 | 5316 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
| 5317 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5318 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 7 | 5319 #endif |
| 5320 )) | |
| 5321 return TRUE; | |
| 5322 return FALSE; | |
| 5323 } | |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 /* | |
| 5326 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
| 5327 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
| 5328 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
| 5329 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
| 5330 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
| 5331 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
| 5332 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
| 5333 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
| 5334 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
| 5335 */ | |
| 5336 static void | |
| 5337 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
| 5338 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5339 , rlflag | |
| 5340 #endif | |
| 5341 ) | |
| 5342 int row; | |
| 5343 int coloff; | |
| 5344 int endcol; | |
| 5345 int clear_width; | |
| 5346 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5347 int rlflag; | |
| 5348 #endif | |
| 5349 { | |
| 5350 unsigned off_from; | |
| 5351 unsigned off_to; | |
| 1378 | 5352 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5353 unsigned max_off_from; | |
| 5354 unsigned max_off_to; | |
| 5355 #endif | |
| 7 | 5356 int col = 0; |
| 5357 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 5358 int hl; | |
| 5359 #endif | |
| 5360 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
| 5361 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
| 5362 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5363 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
| 5364 #endif | |
| 5365 ; | |
| 5366 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
| 5367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5368 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
| 5369 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
| 5370 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
| 5371 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
| 5372 #else | |
| 5373 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
| 5374 #endif | |
| 5375 | |
| 3413 | 5376 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ |
| 5377 if (row >= Rows) | |
| 5378 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 5379 if (endcol > Columns) | |
| 5380 endcol = Columns; | |
| 5381 | |
| 7 | 5382 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
| 5383 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
| 5384 # endif | |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5387 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
| 1378 | 5388 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5389 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
| 5390 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 5391 #endif | |
| 7 | 5392 |
| 5393 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5394 if (rlflag) | |
| 5395 { | |
| 5396 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
| 5397 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5398 { | |
| 5399 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5400 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5401 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5402 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5403 # endif | |
| 5404 ) | |
| 5405 { | |
| 5406 ++off_to; | |
| 5407 ++col; | |
| 5408 } | |
| 5409 if (col <= endcol) | |
| 5410 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
| 5411 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5412 } | |
| 5413 col = endcol + 1; | |
| 5414 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
| 5415 off_from += col; | |
| 5416 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
| 5417 } | |
| 5418 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 while (col < endcol) | |
| 5423 { | |
| 5424 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5425 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
| 1378 | 5426 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
| 7 | 5427 else |
| 5428 char_cells = 1; | |
| 5429 #endif | |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
| 5432 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
| 5433 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5436 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
| 5437 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
| 5438 * happens in the GUI. | |
| 5439 */ | |
| 5440 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
| 5441 { | |
| 5442 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
| 743 | 5443 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5444 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5445 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5446 redraw_this = TRUE; |
| 5447 } | |
| 5448 #endif | |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 if (redraw_this) | |
| 5451 { | |
| 5452 /* | |
| 5453 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
| 5454 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
| 5455 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
| 5456 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
| 5457 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
| 5458 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
| 5459 * character. | |
| 5460 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
| 5461 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
| 5462 * completely. | |
| 5463 */ | |
| 5464 if ( p_wiv | |
| 5465 && !force | |
| 5466 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5467 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5468 #endif | |
| 5469 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
| 5470 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5471 { | |
| 5472 /* | |
| 5473 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
| 5474 */ | |
| 5475 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5476 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 5477 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5478 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
| 5479 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 /* | |
| 5482 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
| 5483 * highlighting at this character. | |
| 5484 */ | |
| 5485 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
| 5486 { | |
| 5487 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
| 5488 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5489 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5490 } | |
| 5491 else | |
| 5492 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
| 5493 } | |
| 5494 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5495 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5496 { | |
| 5497 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
| 5498 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
| 5499 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
| 5500 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
| 5501 if (char_cells == 1 | |
| 5502 && col + 1 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5503 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5504 { |
| 5505 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
| 5506 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
| 5507 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
| 5508 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5509 } | |
| 5510 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
| 5511 && col + 2 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5512 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5513 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5514 { |
| 5515 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
| 5516 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
| 5517 * cell. */ | |
| 5518 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
| 5519 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5520 } | |
| 5521 | |
| 5522 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 5523 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
| 5524 } | |
| 5525 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
| 5526 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
| 5527 * the right halve of the old character. | |
| 5528 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
| 5529 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
| 5530 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
| 5531 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
| 1378 | 5532 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5533 || (char_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 5534 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5535 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 5536 clear_next = TRUE; |
| 5537 #endif | |
| 5538 | |
| 5539 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
| 5540 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5541 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5542 { | |
| 5543 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
| 5544 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
| 5545 { | |
| 714 | 5546 int i; |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5549 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
| 7 | 5550 } |
| 5551 } | |
| 5552 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5553 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
| 5554 #endif | |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 1843 | 5557 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
| 5558 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7 | 5559 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
| 5560 * and for some xterms. */ | |
| 5561 if ( | |
| 5562 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5563 gui.in_use | |
| 5564 # endif | |
| 5565 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 5566 || | |
| 5567 # endif | |
| 5568 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 5569 term_is_xterm | |
| 5570 # endif | |
| 5571 ) | |
| 5572 { | |
| 5573 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 743 | 5574 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5575 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5576 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5577 redraw_next = TRUE; |
| 5578 } | |
| 5579 #endif | |
| 5580 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5581 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 819 | 5582 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
| 5583 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
| 5584 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5585 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5586 | |
| 7 | 5587 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
| 5588 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5589 else | |
| 5590 #endif | |
| 5591 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5592 } | |
| 5593 else if ( p_wiv | |
| 5594 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5595 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5596 #endif | |
| 5597 && col + coloff > 0) | |
| 5598 { | |
| 5599 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
| 5600 { | |
| 5601 /* | |
| 5602 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
| 5603 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
| 5604 */ | |
| 5605 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 5606 } | |
| 5607 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
| 5608 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5609 } | |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5612 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5613 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5614 } | |
| 5615 | |
| 5616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5617 if (clear_next) | |
| 5618 { | |
| 5619 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
| 5620 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
| 5621 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
| 5622 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5623 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5624 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5625 } | |
| 5626 #endif | |
| 5627 | |
| 5628 if (clear_width > 0 | |
| 5629 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5630 && !rlflag | |
| 5631 #endif | |
| 5632 ) | |
| 5633 { | |
| 5634 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5635 int startCol = col; | |
| 5636 #endif | |
| 5637 | |
| 5638 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
| 5639 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5640 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5641 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5642 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5643 #endif | |
| 5644 ) | |
| 5645 { | |
| 5646 ++off_to; | |
| 5647 ++col; | |
| 5648 } | |
| 5649 if (col < clear_width) | |
| 5650 { | |
| 5651 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5652 /* | |
| 5653 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
| 5654 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
| 5655 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
| 5656 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
| 5657 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
| 5658 */ | |
| 996 | 5659 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
| 7 | 5660 { |
| 5661 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 5662 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 996 | 5663 { |
| 5664 int prev_cells = 1; | |
| 5665 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5666 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5667 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
| 5668 * that its width is 2. */ | |
| 5669 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
| 5670 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5671 { | |
| 5672 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
| 5673 * column and get its width. */ | |
| 5674 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
| 1378 | 5675 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
| 996 | 5676 |
| 5677 while (off < off_to) | |
| 5678 { | |
| 1378 | 5679 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
| 996 | 5680 off += prev_cells; |
| 5681 } | |
| 5682 } | |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
| 5685 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5686 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5687 else | |
| 5688 # endif | |
| 5689 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5690 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5691 } | |
| 7 | 5692 } |
| 5693 #endif | |
| 5694 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
| 5695 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5696 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5697 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
| 5698 col = clear_width; | |
| 5699 #endif | |
| 5700 } | |
| 5701 } | |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5704 { | |
| 5705 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5706 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
| 5707 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
| 5708 { | |
| 5709 int c; | |
| 5710 | |
| 5711 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5712 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c | |
| 5713 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 5714 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
| 5715 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 5716 # endif |
| 5717 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
| 5718 { | |
| 5719 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
| 5720 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
| 5721 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5722 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5723 { | |
| 5724 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 5725 { | |
| 5726 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
| 714 | 5727 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
| 7 | 5728 } |
| 5729 else | |
| 5730 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5731 } | |
| 5732 # endif | |
| 5733 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5734 } | |
| 5735 } | |
| 5736 else | |
| 5737 #endif | |
| 5738 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 5739 } | |
| 5740 } | |
| 5741 | |
| 474 | 5742 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 5743 /* |
| 474 | 5744 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
| 5745 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
| 7 | 5746 */ |
| 474 | 5747 void |
| 7 | 5748 rl_mirror(str) |
| 5749 char_u *str; | |
| 5750 { | |
| 5751 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 5752 int t; | |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
| 5755 { | |
| 5756 t = *p1; | |
| 5757 *p1 = *p2; | |
| 5758 *p2 = t; | |
| 5759 } | |
| 5760 } | |
| 5761 #endif | |
| 5762 | |
| 5763 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5764 /* | |
| 5765 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
| 5766 */ | |
| 5767 void | |
| 5768 status_redraw_all() | |
| 5769 { | |
| 5770 win_T *wp; | |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5773 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 5774 { | |
| 5775 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5776 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 5777 } | |
| 5778 } | |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 /* | |
| 5781 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
| 5782 */ | |
| 5783 void | |
| 5784 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
| 5785 { | |
| 5786 win_T *wp; | |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5789 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 5790 { | |
| 5791 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5792 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 5793 } | |
| 5794 } | |
| 5795 | |
| 5796 /* | |
| 5797 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
| 5798 */ | |
| 5799 void | |
| 5800 redraw_statuslines() | |
| 5801 { | |
| 5802 win_T *wp; | |
| 5803 | |
| 5804 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5805 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 5806 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 673 | 5807 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 5808 draw_tabline(); |
| 7 | 5809 } |
| 5810 #endif | |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5813 /* | |
| 5814 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
| 5815 */ | |
| 5816 void | |
| 5817 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
| 5818 frame_T *frp; | |
| 5819 { | |
| 5820 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
| 5821 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5822 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
| 5823 { | |
| 5824 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
| 5825 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 5826 } | |
| 5827 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
| 5828 { | |
| 5829 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
| 5830 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 5831 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
| 5832 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 5833 } | |
| 5834 } | |
| 5835 #endif | |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5838 /* | |
| 5839 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
| 5840 */ | |
| 5841 static void | |
| 5842 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
| 5843 win_T *wp; | |
| 5844 int row; | |
| 5845 { | |
| 5846 int hl; | |
| 5847 int c; | |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
| 5850 { | |
| 5851 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 5852 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5853 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 5854 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
| 5855 c, ' ', hl); | |
| 5856 } | |
| 5857 } | |
| 5858 #endif | |
| 5859 | |
| 5860 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
| 5861 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
| 277 | 5862 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
| 7 | 5863 |
| 5864 /* | |
| 1378 | 5865 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
| 7 | 5866 */ |
| 5867 static int | |
| 5868 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
| 5869 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5870 char_u *s; | |
| 5871 { | |
| 5872 int len = 0; | |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5875 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5876 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 5877 | |
| 5878 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
| 5879 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 5880 return 1; | |
| 5881 #endif | |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 5884 { | |
| 1685 | 5885 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 42 | 5886 len += ptr2cells(s); |
| 39 | 5887 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 5888 } |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 return len; | |
| 5891 } | |
| 5892 | |
| 5893 /* | |
| 1685 | 5894 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
| 277 | 5895 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
| 5896 */ | |
| 5897 static int | |
| 5898 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
| 5899 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5900 char_u *s; | |
| 5901 { | |
| 1685 | 5902 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
| 277 | 5903 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 5904 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5905 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
| 5906 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
| 5907 #endif | |
| 1685 | 5908 ) |
| 5909 { | |
| 5910 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 5911 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
| 5912 return 2; | |
| 5913 #endif | |
| 5914 return 1; | |
| 5915 } | |
| 5916 return 0; | |
| 277 | 5917 } |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 /* | |
| 7 | 5920 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
| 5921 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
| 5922 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
| 5923 * | |
| 5924 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 5925 */ | |
| 5926 void | |
| 5927 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
| 5928 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5929 int num_matches; | |
| 5930 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
| 5931 int match; | |
| 5932 int showtail; | |
| 5933 { | |
| 5934 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
| 5935 int row; | |
| 5936 char_u *buf; | |
| 5937 int len; | |
| 1378 | 5938 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
| 7 | 5939 int fillchar; |
| 5940 int attr; | |
| 5941 int i; | |
| 5942 int highlight = TRUE; | |
| 5943 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
| 5944 int selstart_col = 0; | |
| 5945 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
| 5946 static int first_match = 0; | |
| 5947 int add_left = FALSE; | |
| 5948 char_u *s; | |
| 5949 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5950 int emenu; | |
| 5951 #endif | |
| 5952 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 5953 int l; | |
| 5954 #endif | |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
| 5957 return; | |
| 5958 | |
| 39 | 5959 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5960 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5961 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
| 5962 else | |
| 5963 #endif | |
| 5964 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
| 7 | 5965 if (buf == NULL) |
| 5966 return; | |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
| 5969 { | |
| 5970 match = 0; | |
| 5971 highlight = FALSE; | |
| 5972 } | |
| 5973 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
| 5974 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
| 5975 if (match == 0) | |
| 5976 first_match = 0; | |
| 5977 else if (match < first_match) | |
| 5978 { | |
| 5979 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
| 5980 first_match = match; | |
| 5981 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 5982 } | |
| 5983 else | |
| 5984 { | |
| 5985 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
| 5986 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
| 5987 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 5988 if (first_match > 0) | |
| 5989 clen += 2; | |
| 5990 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
| 5991 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
| 5992 { | |
| 5993 first_match = match; | |
| 5994 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
| 5995 clen = 2; | |
| 5996 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
| 5997 { | |
| 5998 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 5999 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 6000 break; | |
| 6001 } | |
| 6002 if (i == num_matches) | |
| 6003 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 6004 } | |
| 6005 } | |
| 6006 if (add_left) | |
| 6007 while (first_match > 0) | |
| 6008 { | |
| 6009 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
| 6010 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 6011 break; | |
| 6012 --first_match; | |
| 6013 } | |
| 6014 | |
| 6015 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 if (first_match == 0) | |
| 6018 { | |
| 6019 *buf = NUL; | |
| 6020 len = 0; | |
| 6021 } | |
| 6022 else | |
| 6023 { | |
| 6024 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
| 6025 len = 2; | |
| 6026 } | |
| 6027 clen = len; | |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 i = first_match; | |
| 6030 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
| 6031 { | |
| 6032 if (i == match) | |
| 6033 { | |
| 6034 selstart = buf + len; | |
| 6035 selstart_col = clen; | |
| 6036 } | |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
| 6039 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
| 6040 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6041 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6042 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6043 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6044 { | |
| 6045 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
| 6046 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6047 len += l; | |
| 6048 clen += l; | |
| 6049 } | |
| 6050 else | |
| 6051 #endif | |
| 6052 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
| 6053 { | |
| 1685 | 6054 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 7 | 6055 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
| 6056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 6057 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
| 7 | 6058 { |
| 6059 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
| 6060 s += l - 1; | |
| 6061 len += l; | |
| 6062 } | |
| 6063 else | |
| 6064 #endif | |
| 6065 { | |
| 6066 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
| 6067 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6068 } | |
| 6069 } | |
| 6070 if (i == match) | |
| 6071 selend = buf + len; | |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6074 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6075 clen += 2; | |
| 6076 if (++i == num_matches) | |
| 6077 break; | |
| 6078 } | |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 if (i != num_matches) | |
| 6081 { | |
| 6082 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
| 6083 ++clen; | |
| 6084 } | |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
| 6089 if (row >= 0) | |
| 6090 { | |
| 6091 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
| 6092 { | |
| 6093 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
| 6094 { | |
| 6095 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
| 6096 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
| 6097 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 6098 { | |
| 6099 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 6100 ++msg_scrolled; | |
| 6101 } | |
| 6102 else | |
| 6103 { | |
| 6104 ++cmdline_row; | |
| 6105 ++row; | |
| 6106 } | |
| 6107 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
| 6108 } | |
| 6109 else | |
| 6110 { | |
| 6111 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
| 6112 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
| 6113 * resized. */ | |
| 6114 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6115 { | |
| 6116 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
| 6117 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
| 6118 p_ls = 2; | |
| 6119 p_wmh = 0; | |
| 6120 last_status(FALSE); | |
| 6121 } | |
| 6122 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
| 6123 } | |
| 6124 } | |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
| 6127 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
| 6128 { | |
| 6129 *selend = NUL; | |
| 6130 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
| 6131 } | |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6134 } | |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6137 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
| 6138 #else | |
| 6139 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6140 #endif | |
| 6141 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6142 } | |
| 6143 #endif | |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6146 /* | |
| 6147 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
| 6148 * | |
| 6149 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6150 */ | |
| 6151 void | |
| 6152 win_redr_status(wp) | |
| 6153 win_T *wp; | |
| 6154 { | |
| 6155 int row; | |
| 6156 char_u *p; | |
| 6157 int len; | |
| 6158 int fillchar; | |
| 6159 int attr; | |
| 6160 int this_ru_col; | |
| 1910 | 6161 static int busy = FALSE; |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
| 6164 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
| 6165 if (busy) | |
| 6166 return; | |
| 6167 busy = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6168 |
| 6169 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
| 6170 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6171 { | |
| 6172 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
| 6173 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 6174 } | |
| 540 | 6175 else if (!redrawing() |
| 6176 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 6177 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
| 6178 * drawn over it */ | |
| 6179 || pum_visible() | |
| 6180 #endif | |
| 6181 ) | |
| 7 | 6182 { |
| 6183 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
| 6184 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6185 } | |
| 6186 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 6187 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
| 7 | 6188 { |
| 6189 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
| 1983 | 6190 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
| 7 | 6191 } |
| 6192 #endif | |
| 6193 else | |
| 6194 { | |
| 6195 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6196 | |
| 685 | 6197 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
| 7 | 6198 p = NameBuff; |
| 6199 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
| 6202 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6203 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
| 6204 #endif | |
| 6205 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
| 6206 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6207 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6208 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
| 6209 { | |
| 809 | 6210 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
| 7 | 6211 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
| 6212 } | |
| 6213 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6214 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
| 6215 { | |
| 6216 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
| 6217 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
| 6218 } | |
| 6219 #endif | |
| 6220 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 6221 { | |
| 6222 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
| 6223 len += 3; | |
| 6224 } | |
| 6225 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6226 { | |
| 6227 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]"); | |
| 6228 len += 4; | |
| 6229 } | |
| 6230 | |
| 6231 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6232 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
| 6233 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6234 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6235 #else | |
| 6236 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
| 6237 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6238 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 6239 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
| 6240 { | |
| 6241 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
| 6242 len = 1; | |
| 6243 } | |
| 6244 else | |
| 6245 #endif | |
| 6246 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6247 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6248 { | |
| 6249 int clen = 0, i; | |
| 6250 | |
| 6251 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6252 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
|
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6253 |
| 7 | 6254 /* Find first character that will fit. |
| 6255 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
| 6256 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 474 | 6257 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
| 7 | 6258 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
| 6259 len = clen; | |
| 6260 if (i > 0) | |
| 6261 { | |
| 6262 p = p + i - 1; | |
| 6263 *p = '<'; | |
| 6264 ++len; | |
| 6265 } | |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 } | |
| 6268 else | |
| 6269 #endif | |
| 6270 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
| 6271 { | |
| 6272 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
| 6273 *p = '<'; | |
| 6274 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 6275 } | |
| 6276 | |
| 6277 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6278 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
| 6279 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
| 6280 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6281 | |
| 6282 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
| 6283 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
| 6284 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
| 6285 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 6288 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
| 6289 #endif | |
| 6290 } | |
| 6291 | |
| 6292 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6293 /* | |
| 6294 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
| 6295 */ | |
| 6296 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
| 6297 { | |
| 6298 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
| 6299 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6300 else | |
| 6301 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
| 6302 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 6303 attr); | |
| 6304 } | |
| 6305 #endif | |
| 1910 | 6306 busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6307 } |
| 6308 | |
| 680 | 6309 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 6310 /* | |
| 6311 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
| 6312 * errors encountered. | |
| 6313 */ | |
| 6314 static void | |
| 1983 | 6315 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
| 680 | 6316 win_T *wp; |
| 6317 { | |
| 1983 | 6318 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 6319 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
| 6322 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
| 6323 if (entered) | |
| 6324 return; | |
| 6325 entered = TRUE; | |
| 680 | 6326 |
| 6327 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 6328 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
| 6329 if (called_emsg) | |
| 1983 | 6330 { |
| 6331 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
| 6332 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
| 6333 * again and again. */ | |
| 680 | 6334 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
| 6335 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
| 694 | 6336 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
| 1983 | 6337 } |
| 680 | 6338 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 1983 | 6339 entered = FALSE; |
| 680 | 6340 } |
| 6341 #endif | |
| 6342 | |
| 7 | 6343 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 6344 /* | |
| 6345 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
| 6346 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
| 6347 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
| 6348 */ | |
| 6349 int | |
| 6350 stl_connected(wp) | |
| 6351 win_T *wp; | |
| 6352 { | |
| 6353 frame_T *fr; | |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
| 6356 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
| 6357 { | |
| 6358 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
| 6359 { | |
| 6360 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6361 break; | |
| 6362 } | |
| 6363 else | |
| 6364 { | |
| 6365 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6366 return TRUE; | |
| 6367 } | |
| 6368 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
| 6369 } | |
| 6370 return FALSE; | |
| 6371 } | |
| 6372 # endif | |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6377 /* | |
| 6378 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
| 6379 */ | |
| 6380 int | |
| 6381 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
| 6382 win_T *wp; | |
| 6383 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
| 6384 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
| 6385 { | |
| 6386 char_u *p; | |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 6389 return FALSE; | |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 { | |
| 6392 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6393 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
| 6394 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 6395 char_u *s; | |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 6398 curwin = wp; | |
| 6399 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
| 6400 ++emsg_skip; | |
| 714 | 6401 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6402 --emsg_skip; |
| 6403 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
| 6404 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 6405 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
| 6406 #endif | |
| 6407 { | |
| 6408 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 6409 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
| 6410 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
| 6411 else | |
| 6412 #endif | |
| 6413 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
| 6414 } | |
| 6415 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
| 6416 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
| 6417 else | |
| 6418 buf[0] = NUL; | |
| 6419 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6420 vim_free(s); | |
| 6421 #endif | |
| 6422 } | |
| 6423 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
| 6424 } | |
| 6425 #endif | |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6428 /* | |
| 677 | 6429 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
| 6430 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
| 7 | 6431 */ |
| 6432 static void | |
| 574 | 6433 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
| 7 | 6434 win_T *wp; |
| 574 | 6435 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
| 7 | 6436 { |
| 6437 int attr; | |
| 6438 int curattr; | |
| 6439 int row; | |
| 6440 int col = 0; | |
| 6441 int maxwidth; | |
| 6442 int width; | |
| 6443 int n; | |
| 6444 int len; | |
| 6445 int fillchar; | |
| 6446 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 1983 | 6447 char_u *stl; |
| 7 | 6448 char_u *p; |
| 681 | 6449 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
| 6450 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
| 677 | 6451 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
| 2693 | 6452 win_T *ewp; |
| 6453 int p_crb_save; | |
| 7 | 6454 |
| 6455 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ | |
| 677 | 6456 if (wp == NULL) |
| 6457 { | |
| 6458 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
| 1983 | 6459 stl = p_tal; |
| 677 | 6460 row = 0; |
| 707 | 6461 fillchar = ' '; |
| 677 | 6462 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
| 6463 maxwidth = Columns; | |
| 6464 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6465 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
| 677 | 6466 # endif |
| 6467 } | |
| 40 | 6468 else |
| 677 | 6469 { |
| 6470 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6471 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6472 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 if (draw_ruler) | |
| 6475 { | |
| 1983 | 6476 stl = p_ruf; |
| 677 | 6477 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
| 1983 | 6478 if (*stl == '%') |
| 6479 { | |
| 6480 if (*++stl == '-') | |
| 6481 stl++; | |
| 6482 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
| 6483 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
| 6484 stl++; | |
| 6485 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
| 6486 stl = p_ruf; | |
| 677 | 6487 } |
| 7 | 6488 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 677 | 6489 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
| 6490 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6491 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 7 | 6492 #else |
| 677 | 6493 col = ru_col; |
| 6494 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6495 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6496 #endif | |
| 6497 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 7 | 6498 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 677 | 6499 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
| 6500 #endif | |
| 6501 { | |
| 6502 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 6503 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
| 6504 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 6505 attr = 0; | |
| 6506 } | |
| 6507 | |
| 6508 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6509 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
| 677 | 6510 # endif |
| 6511 } | |
| 6512 else | |
| 6513 { | |
| 6514 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
| 1983 | 6515 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
| 677 | 6516 else |
| 1983 | 6517 stl = p_stl; |
| 677 | 6518 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 681 | 6519 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
| 6520 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 677 | 6521 # endif |
| 6522 } | |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6525 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 6526 #endif | |
| 6527 } | |
| 6528 | |
| 7 | 6529 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
| 6530 return; | |
| 677 | 6531 |
| 2693 | 6532 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving |
| 6533 * the cursor away and back. */ | |
| 6534 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; | |
| 6535 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; | |
| 6536 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; | |
| 6537 | |
| 1983 | 6538 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
| 6539 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
| 6540 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
| 2693 | 6541 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), |
| 1983 | 6542 stl, use_sandbox, |
| 681 | 6543 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
| 1983 | 6544 vim_free(stl); |
| 2693 | 6545 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; |
| 2661 | 6546 |
| 6547 /* Make all characters printable. */ | |
| 6548 p = transstr(buf); | |
| 6549 if (p != NULL) | |
| 6550 { | |
| 6551 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); | |
| 6552 vim_free(p); | |
| 6553 } | |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ | |
| 835 | 6556 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 1883 | 6557 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
| 7 | 6558 { |
| 6559 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6560 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
| 6561 #else | |
| 6562 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
| 6563 #endif | |
| 6564 ++width; | |
| 6565 } | |
| 6566 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6567 | |
| 681 | 6568 /* |
| 6569 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
| 6570 */ | |
| 7 | 6571 curattr = attr; |
| 6572 p = buf; | |
| 681 | 6573 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
| 6574 { | |
| 6575 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
| 7 | 6576 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
| 6577 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
| 681 | 6578 p = hltab[n].start; |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
| 7 | 6581 curattr = attr; |
| 681 | 6582 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
| 6583 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
| 7 | 6584 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 680 | 6585 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
| 681 | 6586 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6587 #endif |
| 6588 else | |
| 681 | 6589 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6590 } |
| 6591 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
| 681 | 6592 |
| 6593 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 6594 { | |
| 6595 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
| 6596 col = 0; | |
| 6597 len = 0; | |
| 6598 p = buf; | |
| 6599 fillchar = 0; | |
| 6600 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
| 6601 { | |
| 6602 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
| 6603 while (col < len) | |
| 6604 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6605 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
| 6606 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
| 6607 } | |
| 6608 while (col < Columns) | |
| 6609 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6610 } | |
| 7 | 6611 } |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
| 6614 | |
| 6615 /* | |
| 6616 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
| 6617 */ | |
| 6618 void | |
| 6619 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
| 6620 int c; | |
| 6621 int row, col; | |
| 6622 int attr; | |
| 6623 { | |
| 3549 | 6624 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 6625 | |
| 7 | 6626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3549 | 6627 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6628 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 6629 else | |
| 6630 #endif | |
| 6631 { | |
| 6632 buf[0] = c; | |
| 6633 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 6634 } | |
| 7 | 6635 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); |
| 6636 } | |
| 6637 | |
| 6638 /* | |
| 6639 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
| 6640 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
| 6641 */ | |
| 6642 void | |
| 6643 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
| 6644 int row, col; | |
| 6645 char_u *bytes; | |
| 6646 int *attrp; | |
| 6647 { | |
| 6648 unsigned off; | |
| 6649 | |
| 6650 /* safety check */ | |
| 6651 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6652 { | |
| 6653 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 6654 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6655 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6656 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
| 6657 | |
| 6658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6659 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 6660 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
| 6661 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 6662 { | |
| 6663 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6664 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
| 6665 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6666 } | |
| 6667 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
| 6668 { | |
| 6669 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
| 6670 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6671 } | |
| 6672 #endif | |
| 6673 } | |
| 6674 } | |
| 6675 | |
| 714 | 6676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6677 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 /* | |
| 6680 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
| 6681 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6682 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
| 714 | 6683 */ |
| 6684 static int | |
| 6685 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
| 6686 int off; | |
| 6687 int *u8cc; | |
| 6688 { | |
| 6689 int i; | |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 6692 { | |
| 6693 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
| 6694 return TRUE; | |
| 6695 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6696 break; | |
| 6697 } | |
| 6698 return FALSE; | |
| 6699 } | |
| 6700 #endif | |
| 6701 | |
| 7 | 6702 /* |
| 6703 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
| 6704 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
| 6705 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
| 6706 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
| 6707 */ | |
| 6708 void | |
| 6709 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
| 6710 char_u *text; | |
| 6711 int row; | |
| 6712 int col; | |
| 6713 int attr; | |
| 6714 { | |
| 6715 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
| 6716 } | |
| 6717 | |
| 6718 /* | |
| 6719 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
| 6720 * a NUL. | |
| 6721 */ | |
| 6722 void | |
| 6723 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr) | |
| 6724 char_u *text; | |
| 6725 int len; | |
| 6726 int row; | |
| 6727 int col; | |
| 6728 int attr; | |
| 6729 { | |
| 6730 unsigned off; | |
| 6731 char_u *ptr = text; | |
| 6732 int c; | |
| 6733 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 6734 unsigned max_off; |
| 7 | 6735 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
| 6736 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6737 int u8c = 0; | |
| 714 | 6738 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 6739 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
| 6740 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 6741 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 714 | 6742 int pc, nc, nc1; |
| 6743 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 6744 # endif |
| 6745 #endif | |
| 1843 | 6746 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6747 int force_redraw_this; | |
| 6748 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6749 #endif | |
| 6750 int need_redraw; | |
| 7 | 6751 |
| 6752 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 6753 return; | |
| 1843 | 6754 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
| 7 | 6755 |
| 1668 | 6756 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6757 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
| 6758 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 6759 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
| 1668 | 6760 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6761 && !gui.in_use | |
| 6762 # endif | |
| 6763 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
| 1843 | 6764 { |
| 6765 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
| 6766 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6767 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6768 { | |
| 6769 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6770 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6771 } | |
| 6772 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
| 6773 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
| 6774 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
| 6775 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 6776 } | |
| 6777 #endif | |
| 6778 | |
| 1378 | 6779 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6780 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 6781 #endif | |
| 1340 | 6782 while (col < screen_Columns |
| 6783 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
| 6784 && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6785 { |
| 6786 c = *ptr; | |
| 6787 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6788 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
| 6789 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6790 { | |
| 6791 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
| 474 | 6792 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7 | 6793 else |
| 474 | 6794 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 6795 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
| 6796 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6797 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 6798 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
| 6799 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
| 6800 { | |
| 6801 if (len >= 0) | |
| 714 | 6802 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
| 7 | 6803 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 6804 else | |
| 714 | 6805 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 6806 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
| 1401 | 6807 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 6808 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
| 6809 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
| 6810 { | |
| 6811 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 6812 if (attr == 0) | |
| 6813 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 6814 } | |
| 1401 | 6815 # endif |
| 7 | 6816 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 6817 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 6818 { | |
| 6819 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 6820 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
| 6821 { | |
| 6822 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
| 6823 nc = NUL; | |
| 6824 nc1 = NUL; | |
| 6825 } | |
| 6826 else | |
| 714 | 6827 { |
| 1994 | 6828 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
| 6829 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
| 714 | 6830 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 6831 } | |
| 7 | 6832 pc = prev_c; |
| 6833 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 714 | 6834 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
| 7 | 6835 } |
| 6836 else | |
| 6837 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 6838 # endif | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6839 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6840 { |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6841 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6842 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6843 c = '>'; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6844 mbyte_cells = 1; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6845 } |
| 7 | 6846 } |
| 6847 } | |
| 6848 #endif | |
| 6849 | |
| 1843 | 6850 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6851 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
| 6852 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6853 #endif | |
| 6854 | |
| 6855 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7 | 6856 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6857 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
| 6858 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
| 6859 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 6860 && c == 0x8e | |
| 6861 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
| 6862 || (enc_utf8 | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6863 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6864 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6865 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6866 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
| 7 | 6867 #endif |
| 6868 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 1843 | 6869 || exmode_active; |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 if (need_redraw | |
| 6872 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6873 || force_redraw_this | |
| 6874 #endif | |
| 7 | 6875 ) |
| 6876 { | |
| 6877 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6878 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
| 6879 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 6880 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
| 1843 | 6881 * and for some xterms. */ |
| 6882 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
| 7 | 6883 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6884 gui.in_use | |
| 6885 # endif | |
| 6886 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 6887 || | |
| 6888 # endif | |
| 6889 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 6890 term_is_xterm | |
| 6891 # endif | |
| 1843 | 6892 )) |
| 6893 { | |
| 6894 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
| 6897 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
| 6898 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
| 6899 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6900 } |
| 6901 #endif | |
| 6902 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6903 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
| 6904 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
| 6905 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
| 6906 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
| 6907 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
| 6908 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 6909 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
| 6910 else if (has_mbyte | |
| 6911 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
| 6912 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
| 1378 | 6913 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 6914 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6915 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 6916 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6917 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
| 6918 | |
| 6919 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
| 6920 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
| 6921 if (enc_dbcs | |
| 1378 | 6922 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 6923 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6924 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 6925 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6926 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
| 6927 #endif | |
| 6928 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 6929 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 6930 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6931 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6932 { | |
| 714 | 6933 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
| 7 | 6934 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
| 6935 else | |
| 6936 { | |
| 714 | 6937 int i; |
| 6938 | |
| 7 | 6939 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
| 714 | 6940 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 6941 { | |
| 6942 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 6943 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6944 break; | |
| 6945 } | |
| 7 | 6946 } |
| 6947 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 6948 { | |
| 6949 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
| 6950 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 6951 } | |
| 6952 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6953 } | |
| 6954 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 6955 { | |
| 6956 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
| 6957 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 6958 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 6959 } | |
| 6960 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
| 6961 { | |
| 6962 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
| 6963 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6964 } | |
| 6965 else | |
| 6966 #endif | |
| 6967 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6968 } | |
| 6969 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6970 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6971 { | |
| 6972 off += mbyte_cells; | |
| 6973 col += mbyte_cells; | |
| 6974 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
| 6975 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 6976 ptr = (char_u *)" "; | |
| 6977 } | |
| 6978 else | |
| 6979 #endif | |
| 6980 { | |
| 6981 ++off; | |
| 6982 ++col; | |
| 6983 ++ptr; | |
| 6984 } | |
| 6985 } | |
| 1843 | 6986 |
| 6987 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6988 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
| 6989 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
| 6990 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6991 { | |
| 6992 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6993 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
| 6994 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 6995 else | |
| 6996 # endif | |
| 6997 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6998 } | |
| 6999 #endif | |
| 7 | 7000 } |
| 7001 | |
| 7002 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 7003 /* | |
| 1326 | 7004 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7005 */ |
| 7006 static void | |
| 7007 start_search_hl() | |
| 7008 { | |
| 7009 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
| 7010 { | |
| 7011 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
| 7012 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
| 1521 | 7013 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7014 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
| 7015 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
| 7016 # endif | |
| 7 | 7017 } |
| 7018 } | |
| 7019 | |
| 7020 /* | |
| 1326 | 7021 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7022 */ |
| 7023 static void | |
| 7024 end_search_hl() | |
| 7025 { | |
| 7026 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7027 { | |
| 7028 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog); | |
| 7029 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 7030 } | |
| 7031 } | |
| 7032 | |
| 7033 /* | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7034 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7035 */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7036 static void |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7037 init_search_hl(wp) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7038 win_T *wp; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7039 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7040 matchitem_T *cur; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7041 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7042 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7043 * match */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7044 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7045 while (cur != NULL) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7046 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7047 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7048 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7049 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7050 else |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7051 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7052 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7053 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7054 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7055 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7056 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7057 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7058 # endif |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7059 cur = cur->next; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7060 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7061 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7062 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7063 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7064 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7065 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7066 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7067 /* |
| 7 | 7068 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
| 7069 */ | |
| 7070 static void | |
| 7071 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
| 7072 win_T *wp; | |
| 7073 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7074 { | |
| 1326 | 7075 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7076 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7077 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 7078 has been processed or not */ | |
| 7 | 7079 int n; |
| 7080 | |
| 7081 /* | |
| 7082 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
| 7083 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
| 1326 | 7084 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
| 7 | 7085 */ |
| 1326 | 7086 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 7087 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 7088 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7089 { | |
| 7090 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7091 { | |
| 7092 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 7093 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 7094 } | |
| 7095 else | |
| 7096 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 7097 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7098 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
| 7099 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
| 7100 { | |
| 7101 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
| 7102 { | |
| 7103 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7104 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
| 7105 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
| 7106 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
| 7107 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 7108 break; | |
| 7109 # else | |
| 7110 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 7111 # endif | |
| 7112 } | |
| 7113 n = 0; | |
| 7114 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7115 { | |
| 7116 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n); | |
| 7117 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7118 { | |
| 7119 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
| 7120 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 7121 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7122 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7123 } | |
| 7124 else | |
| 7125 { | |
| 7126 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
| 7127 n = 0; | |
| 7128 } | |
| 7129 } | |
| 7130 } | |
| 1326 | 7131 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 7132 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 7133 } |
| 7134 } | |
| 7135 | |
| 7136 /* | |
| 1326 | 7137 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
| 7 | 7138 * Uses shl->buf. |
| 7139 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
| 7140 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
| 7141 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
| 7142 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
| 7143 */ | |
| 7144 static void | |
| 7145 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol) | |
| 7146 win_T *win; | |
| 1326 | 7147 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ |
| 7 | 7148 linenr_T lnum; |
| 7149 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 7150 { | |
| 7151 linenr_T l; | |
| 7152 colnr_T matchcol; | |
| 7153 long nmatched; | |
| 7154 | |
| 7155 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7156 { | |
| 7157 /* Check for three situations: | |
| 7158 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
| 7159 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
| 7160 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
| 7161 */ | |
| 7162 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7163 if (lnum > l) | |
| 7164 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7165 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7166 return; | |
| 7167 } | |
| 7168 | |
| 7169 /* | |
| 7170 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
| 7171 * or none is found in this line. | |
| 7172 */ | |
| 7173 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7174 for (;;) | |
| 7175 { | |
| 1521 | 7176 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7177 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
| 7178 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
| 7179 { | |
| 7180 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
| 7181 break; | |
| 7182 } | |
| 7183 #endif | |
| 7 | 7184 /* Three situations: |
| 7185 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
| 7186 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
| 7187 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
| 7188 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
| 7189 */ | |
| 7190 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
| 7191 matchcol = 0; | |
| 7192 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
| 7193 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
| 685 | 7194 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
| 7195 { | |
| 688 | 7196 char_u *ml; |
| 685 | 7197 |
| 7198 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 688 | 7199 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
| 685 | 7200 if (*ml == NUL) |
| 7201 { | |
| 7202 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7203 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7204 break; | |
| 7205 } | |
| 685 | 7206 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7207 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7208 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
| 7209 else | |
| 7210 #endif | |
| 7211 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7212 } |
| 7213 else | |
| 7214 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7215 | |
| 7216 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 1521 | 7217 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol, |
| 7218 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME | |
| 7219 &(shl->tm) | |
| 7220 #else | |
| 7221 NULL | |
| 7222 #endif | |
| 7223 ); | |
|
2359
496feb41b83f
Fix: When 'searchhl' causes a hang make CTRL-C disable 'shearchhl'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2356
diff
changeset
|
7224 if (called_emsg || got_int) |
| 7 | 7225 { |
| 7226 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
| 1112 | 7227 if (shl == &search_hl) |
| 7228 { | |
| 1326 | 7229 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ |
| 1112 | 7230 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog); |
| 7231 no_hlsearch = TRUE; | |
| 7232 } | |
| 7 | 7233 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; |
| 1112 | 7234 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7235 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */ | |
| 7 | 7236 break; |
| 7237 } | |
| 7238 if (nmatched == 0) | |
| 7239 { | |
| 7240 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
| 7241 break; | |
| 7242 } | |
| 7243 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
| 7244 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
| 7245 || nmatched > 1 | |
| 7246 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7247 { | |
| 7248 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7249 break; /* useful match found */ | |
| 7250 } | |
| 7251 } | |
| 7252 } | |
| 7253 #endif | |
| 7254 | |
| 7255 static void | |
| 7256 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
| 7257 int attr; | |
| 7258 { | |
| 7259 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 screen_attr = attr; | |
| 7262 if (full_screen | |
| 7263 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7264 && termcap_active | |
| 7265 #endif | |
| 7266 ) | |
| 7267 { | |
| 7268 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7269 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7270 { | |
| 7271 char buf[20]; | |
| 7272 | |
| 681 | 7273 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
| 7274 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
| 7 | 7275 OUT_STR(buf); |
| 7276 } | |
| 7277 else | |
| 7278 #endif | |
| 7279 { | |
| 7280 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7281 { | |
| 7282 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7283 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7284 else | |
| 7285 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7286 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7287 attr = 0; | |
| 7288 else | |
| 7289 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7290 } | |
| 7291 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
| 7292 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 681 | 7293 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
| 7294 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7295 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
| 7296 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
| 7297 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7 | 7298 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
| 7299 out_str(T_SO); | |
| 205 | 7300 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
| 7301 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
| 7 | 7302 out_str(T_US); |
| 7303 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
| 7304 out_str(T_CZH); | |
| 7305 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
| 7306 out_str(T_MR); | |
| 7307 | |
| 7308 /* | |
| 7309 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
| 7310 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
| 7311 */ | |
| 7312 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 7313 { | |
| 7314 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7315 { | |
| 7316 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
| 7317 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
| 7318 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
| 7319 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
| 7320 } | |
| 7321 else | |
| 7322 { | |
| 7323 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
| 7324 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
| 7325 } | |
| 7326 } | |
| 7327 } | |
| 7328 } | |
| 7329 } | |
| 7330 | |
| 7331 void | |
| 7332 screen_stop_highlight() | |
| 7333 { | |
| 7334 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
| 7335 | |
| 7336 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
| 7337 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7338 && termcap_active | |
| 7339 #endif | |
| 7340 ) | |
| 7341 { | |
| 7342 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7343 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7344 { | |
| 7345 char buf[20]; | |
| 7346 | |
| 7347 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
| 7348 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
| 7349 OUT_STR(buf); | |
| 7350 } | |
| 7351 else | |
| 7352 #endif | |
| 7353 { | |
| 7354 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7355 { | |
| 7356 attrentry_T *aep; | |
| 7357 | |
| 7358 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7359 { | |
| 7360 /* | |
| 7361 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
| 7362 */ | |
| 7363 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7364 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
| 7365 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
| 7366 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7367 } | |
| 7368 else | |
| 7369 { | |
| 7370 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7371 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
| 7372 { | |
| 7373 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7374 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7375 else | |
| 7376 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
| 7377 } | |
| 7378 } | |
| 7379 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7380 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7381 else | |
| 7382 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7383 } | |
| 7384 | |
| 7385 /* | |
| 7386 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
| 7387 * same sequence several times. | |
| 7388 */ | |
| 7389 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
| 7390 { | |
| 7391 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7392 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7393 else | |
| 7394 out_str(T_SE); | |
| 7395 } | |
| 205 | 7396 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
| 7 | 7397 { |
| 7398 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7399 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7400 else | |
| 7401 out_str(T_UE); | |
| 7402 } | |
| 7403 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 7404 { | |
| 7405 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7406 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7407 else | |
| 7408 out_str(T_CZR); | |
| 7409 } | |
| 7410 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
| 7411 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7412 | |
| 7413 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7414 { | |
| 7415 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7416 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
| 7417 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
| 7418 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
| 7419 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
| 7420 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7421 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 7422 } | |
| 7423 } | |
| 7424 } | |
| 7425 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7426 } | |
| 7427 | |
| 7428 /* | |
| 7429 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
| 7430 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
| 7431 */ | |
| 7432 void | |
| 7433 reset_cterm_colors() | |
| 7434 { | |
| 7435 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7436 { | |
| 7437 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7438 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
| 7439 { | |
| 7440 out_str(T_OP); | |
| 7441 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7442 } | |
| 7443 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7444 { | |
| 7445 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7446 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7447 } | |
| 7448 } | |
| 7449 } | |
| 7450 | |
| 7451 /* | |
| 7452 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
| 7453 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
| 7454 */ | |
| 7455 static void | |
| 7456 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
| 7457 unsigned off; | |
| 7458 int row; | |
| 7459 int col; | |
| 7460 { | |
| 7461 int attr; | |
| 7462 | |
| 7463 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
| 7464 * resizing). */ | |
| 7465 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 7466 return; | |
| 7467 | |
| 7468 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7469 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7470 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
| 7471 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 7472 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
| 7473 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
| 7474 #endif | |
| 7475 ) | |
| 7476 { | |
| 7477 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7478 return; | |
| 7479 } | |
| 7480 | |
| 7481 /* | |
| 7482 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
| 7483 */ | |
| 7484 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 7485 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
| 7486 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
| 7487 else | |
| 7488 #endif | |
| 7489 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7490 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7491 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7492 | |
| 7493 windgoto(row, col); | |
| 7494 | |
| 7495 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7496 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
| 7497 | |
| 7498 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7499 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 7500 { | |
| 7501 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 7502 | |
| 7503 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
| 7504 | |
| 7505 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 7506 | |
| 7507 out_str(buf); | |
| 7508 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
| 7509 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7510 } | |
| 7511 else | |
| 7512 #endif | |
| 7513 { | |
| 7514 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7515 out_flush_check(); | |
| 7516 #endif | |
| 7517 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 7518 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7519 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
| 7520 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 7521 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 7522 #endif | |
| 7523 } | |
| 7524 | |
| 7525 screen_cur_col++; | |
| 7526 } | |
| 7527 | |
| 7528 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7529 | |
| 7530 /* | |
| 7531 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
| 7532 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
| 7533 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
| 7534 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
| 7535 */ | |
| 7536 static void | |
| 7537 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
| 7538 unsigned off; | |
| 7539 int row; | |
| 7540 int col; | |
| 7541 { | |
| 7542 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
| 7543 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
| 7544 return; | |
| 7545 | |
| 7546 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7547 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7548 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
| 7549 { | |
| 7550 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7551 return; | |
| 7552 } | |
| 7553 | |
| 7554 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
| 7555 * second byte directly. */ | |
| 7556 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7557 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
| 7558 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7559 } | |
| 7560 #endif | |
| 7561 | |
| 7562 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7563 /* | |
| 7564 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
| 7565 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
| 7566 */ | |
| 7567 void | |
| 7568 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
| 7569 int row; | |
| 7570 int col; | |
| 7571 int height; | |
| 7572 int width; | |
| 7573 int invert; | |
| 7574 { | |
| 7575 int r, c; | |
| 7576 int off; | |
| 1378 | 7577 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7578 int max_off; | |
| 7579 #endif | |
| 7 | 7580 |
| 534 | 7581 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
| 7582 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 7583 return; | |
| 7584 | |
| 7 | 7585 if (invert) |
| 7586 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7587 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
| 7588 { | |
| 7589 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
| 1378 | 7590 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7591 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
| 7592 #endif | |
| 7 | 7593 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
| 7594 { | |
| 7595 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7596 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7597 { |
| 7598 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7599 ++c; | |
| 7600 } | |
| 7601 else | |
| 7602 #endif | |
| 7603 { | |
| 7604 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7605 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7606 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7607 ++c; |
| 7608 #endif | |
| 7609 } | |
| 7610 } | |
| 7611 } | |
| 7612 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 7613 } | |
| 7614 #endif | |
| 7615 | |
| 7616 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 7617 /* | |
| 7618 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
| 7619 */ | |
| 7620 static void | |
| 7621 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
| 7622 int row; | |
| 7623 int end; | |
| 7624 win_T *wp; | |
| 7625 { | |
| 7626 int col; | |
| 7627 int width; | |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 7630 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
| 7631 # endif | |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 7634 { | |
| 7635 col = 0; | |
| 7636 width = Columns; | |
| 7637 } | |
| 7638 else | |
| 7639 { | |
| 7640 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
| 7641 width = wp->w_width; | |
| 7642 } | |
| 7643 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
| 7644 } | |
| 7645 #endif | |
| 7646 | |
| 7647 /* | |
| 7648 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
| 7649 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
| 7650 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
| 7651 */ | |
| 7652 void | |
| 7653 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
| 7654 int start_row, end_row; | |
| 7655 int start_col, end_col; | |
| 7656 int c1, c2; | |
| 7657 int attr; | |
| 7658 { | |
| 7659 int row; | |
| 7660 int col; | |
| 7661 int off; | |
| 7662 int end_off; | |
| 7663 int did_delete; | |
| 7664 int c; | |
| 7665 int norm_term; | |
| 7666 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7667 int force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7668 #endif | |
| 7669 | |
| 7670 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 7671 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
| 7672 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
| 7673 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
| 7674 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 7675 || start_row >= end_row | |
| 7676 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7677 return; | |
| 7678 | |
| 7679 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
| 7680 norm_term = ( | |
| 7681 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7682 !gui.in_use && | |
| 7683 #endif | |
| 7684 t_colors <= 1); | |
| 7685 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
| 7686 { | |
| 1668 | 7687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7688 if (has_mbyte | |
| 7689 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7690 && !gui.in_use | |
| 7691 # endif | |
| 7692 ) | |
| 7693 { | |
| 7694 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
| 7695 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
| 7696 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
| 7697 * terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 7698 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
| 1670 | 7699 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
| 1677 | 7700 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
| 1670 | 7701 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
| 1668 | 7702 } |
| 7703 #endif | |
| 7 | 7704 /* |
| 7705 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
| 7706 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
| 7707 * space. | |
| 7708 */ | |
| 7709 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 7710 if (c2 == ' ' | |
| 7711 && end_col == Columns | |
| 7712 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
| 7713 && (attr == 0 | |
| 7714 || (norm_term | |
| 7715 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
| 7716 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
| 7717 { | |
| 7718 /* | |
| 7719 * check if we really need to clear something | |
| 7720 */ | |
| 7721 col = start_col; | |
| 7722 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
| 7723 ++col; | |
| 7724 | |
| 7725 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 7726 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
| 7727 | |
| 7728 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
| 7729 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7730 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7731 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 7732 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
| 7733 ++off; | |
| 7734 else | |
| 7735 #endif | |
| 7736 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 7737 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
| 7738 ++off; | |
| 7739 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
| 7740 { | |
| 7741 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
| 7742 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7743 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 7744 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 7745 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 7746 col = end_col - col; | |
| 7747 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
| 7748 { | |
| 7749 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 7750 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7751 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7752 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 7753 #endif | |
| 7754 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
| 7755 ++off; | |
| 7756 } | |
| 7757 } | |
| 7758 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
| 7759 } | |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
| 7762 c = c1; | |
| 7763 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
| 7764 { | |
| 7765 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7766 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 7767 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
| 7768 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 7769 #endif |
| 7770 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 7771 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7772 || force_next | |
| 7773 #endif | |
| 7774 ) | |
| 7775 { | |
| 7776 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7777 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
| 7778 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
| 7779 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
| 7780 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
| 7781 if ( | |
| 7782 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7783 gui.in_use | |
| 7784 # endif | |
| 7785 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 7786 || | |
| 7787 # endif | |
| 7788 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 7789 term_is_xterm | |
| 7790 # endif | |
| 7791 ) | |
| 7792 { | |
| 7793 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
| 7794 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
| 7795 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 7796 force_next = TRUE; | |
| 7797 else | |
| 7798 force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7799 } | |
| 7800 #endif | |
| 7801 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 7802 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7803 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7804 { | |
| 7805 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 7806 { | |
| 7807 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
| 714 | 7808 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
| 7 | 7809 } |
| 7810 else | |
| 7811 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 7812 } | |
| 7813 #endif | |
| 7814 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 7815 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
| 7816 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7817 } | |
| 7818 ++off; | |
| 7819 if (col == start_col) | |
| 7820 { | |
| 7821 if (did_delete) | |
| 7822 break; | |
| 7823 c = c2; | |
| 7824 } | |
| 7825 } | |
| 7826 if (end_col == Columns) | |
| 7827 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 7828 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
| 7829 { | |
| 7830 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 7831 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
| 7832 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
| 644 | 7833 if (start_col == 0) |
| 7834 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
| 7 | 7835 } |
| 7836 } | |
| 7837 } | |
| 7838 | |
| 7839 /* | |
| 7840 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
| 7841 * screen or the command line. | |
| 7842 */ | |
| 7843 void | |
| 7844 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
| 7845 int check_msg_scroll; | |
| 7846 { | |
| 7847 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
| 7848 && !did_wait_return | |
| 7849 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 7850 { | |
| 7851 out_flush(); | |
| 7852 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
| 7853 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
| 7854 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
| 7855 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7856 } | |
| 7857 } | |
| 7858 | |
| 7859 /* | |
| 7860 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
| 3263 | 7861 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. |
| 7 | 7862 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. |
| 7863 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
| 7864 */ | |
| 7865 int | |
| 3263 | 7866 screen_valid(doclear) |
| 7867 int doclear; | |
| 7 | 7868 { |
| 3263 | 7869 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ |
| 7 | 7870 return (ScreenLines != NULL); |
| 7871 } | |
| 7872 | |
| 7873 /* | |
| 7874 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
| 7875 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
| 7876 * | |
| 7877 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
| 7878 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
| 7879 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
| 7880 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
| 7881 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
| 7882 */ | |
| 7883 void | |
| 3263 | 7884 screenalloc(doclear) |
| 7885 int doclear; | |
| 7 | 7886 { |
| 7887 int new_row, old_row; | |
| 7888 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7889 int old_Rows; | |
| 7890 #endif | |
| 7891 win_T *wp; | |
| 7892 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
| 7893 int len; | |
| 7894 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
| 7895 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7896 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 7897 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 7898 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
| 714 | 7899 int i; |
| 7 | 7900 #endif |
| 7901 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 7902 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
| 7903 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 7904 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 7905 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
| 671 | 7906 tabpage_T *tp; |
| 7907 #endif | |
| 7 | 7908 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
| 944 | 7909 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
| 1824 | 7910 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 7911 int retry_count = 0; | |
| 7912 | |
| 7913 retry: | |
| 7914 #endif | |
| 7 | 7915 /* |
| 7916 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
| 7917 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
| 7918 * screen stuff. | |
| 7919 */ | |
| 7920 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 7921 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
| 7922 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
| 7923 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7924 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
| 7925 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 714 | 7926 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
| 7 | 7927 #endif |
| 7928 ) | |
| 7929 || Rows == 0 | |
| 7930 || Columns == 0 | |
| 7931 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
| 7932 return; | |
| 7933 | |
| 7934 /* | |
| 7935 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
| 7936 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
| 7937 * return here. | |
| 7938 */ | |
| 7939 if (entered) | |
| 7940 return; | |
| 7941 entered = TRUE; | |
| 7942 | |
| 911 | 7943 /* |
| 7944 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
| 7945 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
| 7946 */ | |
| 7947 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 7948 | |
| 7 | 7949 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
| 7950 | |
| 7951 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
| 7952 | |
| 7953 /* | |
| 7954 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
| 7955 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
| 7956 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
| 7957 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
| 7958 * - Free the old arrays. | |
| 7959 * | |
| 7960 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
| 7961 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
| 7962 * size is wrong. | |
| 7963 */ | |
| 671 | 7964 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 7965 win_free_lsize(wp); |
| 1946 | 7966 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 7967 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
| 7968 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
| 7969 #endif | |
| 7 | 7970 |
| 7971 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7972 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7973 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
|
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
7974 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
| 7 | 7975 if (enc_utf8) |
| 7976 { | |
| 7977 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7978 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
| 714 | 7979 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7980 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
| 7 | 7981 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
| 7982 } | |
| 7983 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 7984 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7985 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7986 #endif | |
| 7987 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7988 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7989 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7990 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
| 7991 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
| 671 | 7992 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 7993 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
| 671 | 7994 #endif |
| 7 | 7995 |
| 677 | 7996 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 7997 { |
| 7998 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
| 7999 { | |
| 8000 outofmem = TRUE; | |
| 8001 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1819 | 8002 goto give_up; |
| 8003 #endif | |
| 8004 } | |
| 8005 } | |
| 1906 | 8006 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1946 | 8007 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
| 8008 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
| 1906 | 8009 outofmem = TRUE; |
| 8010 #endif | |
| 1819 | 8011 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8012 give_up: | |
| 8013 #endif | |
| 7 | 8014 |
| 714 | 8015 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8016 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
| 8017 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
| 8018 break; | |
| 8019 #endif | |
| 7 | 8020 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
| 8021 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8022 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
| 7 | 8023 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
| 8024 #endif | |
| 8025 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
| 8026 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
| 8027 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
| 671 | 8028 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8029 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
| 8030 #endif | |
| 7 | 8031 || outofmem) |
| 8032 { | |
| 944 | 8033 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
| 534 | 8034 { |
| 8035 /* guess the size */ | |
| 8036 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
| 8037 | |
| 8038 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
| 8039 * and over again. */ | |
| 944 | 8040 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
| 534 | 8041 } |
| 7 | 8042 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
| 8043 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
| 8044 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8045 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
| 8046 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8047 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8048 { | |
| 8049 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 8050 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
| 8051 } | |
| 7 | 8052 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
| 8053 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
| 8054 #endif | |
| 8055 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
| 8056 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
| 8057 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
| 8058 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
| 8059 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
| 8060 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
| 671 | 8061 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8062 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8063 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
| 8064 #endif | |
| 7 | 8065 } |
| 8066 else | |
| 8067 { | |
| 944 | 8068 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
| 534 | 8069 |
| 7 | 8070 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
| 8071 { | |
| 8072 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
| 8073 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
| 8074 | |
| 8075 /* | |
| 8076 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
| 8077 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
| 8078 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
| 8079 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
| 8080 */ | |
| 3263 | 8081 if (!doclear) |
| 7 | 8082 { |
| 8083 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8084 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8085 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8086 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8087 { | |
| 8088 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8089 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8090 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8091 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8092 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7 | 8093 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8094 } | |
| 8095 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8096 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8097 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8098 #endif | |
| 8099 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8100 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8101 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
| 534 | 8102 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
| 7 | 8103 { |
| 8104 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
| 8105 len = screen_Columns; | |
| 8106 else | |
| 8107 len = Columns; | |
| 26 | 8108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 571 | 8109 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
| 714 | 8110 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
| 8111 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
| 8112 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 26 | 8113 #endif |
| 8114 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8115 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8116 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 7 | 8117 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 8118 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
| 8119 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 7 | 8120 { |
| 8121 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8122 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8123 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8124 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8125 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8126 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8127 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 7 | 8128 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8129 } | |
| 8130 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 8131 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8132 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8133 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8134 #endif | |
| 8135 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8136 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8137 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8138 } | |
| 8139 } | |
| 8140 } | |
| 8141 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
| 8142 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
| 8143 } | |
| 8144 | |
| 356 | 8145 free_screenlines(); |
| 8146 | |
| 7 | 8147 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
| 8148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8149 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
| 714 | 8150 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8151 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
| 8152 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
| 7 | 8153 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
| 8154 #endif | |
| 8155 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8156 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
| 8157 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8158 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8159 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
| 8160 #endif | |
| 7 | 8161 |
| 8162 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
| 8163 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
| 8164 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8165 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
| 8166 #endif | |
| 8167 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
| 8168 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
| 8169 | |
| 8170 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
| 3263 | 8171 if (doclear) |
| 7 | 8172 screenclear2(); |
| 8173 | |
| 8174 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8175 else if (gui.in_use | |
| 8176 && !gui.starting | |
| 8177 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8178 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
| 8179 { | |
| 8180 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
| 8181 /* | |
| 8182 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
| 8183 * command. | |
| 8184 */ | |
| 8185 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
| 8186 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
| 8187 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
| 8188 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
| 8189 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
| 8190 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
| 8191 } | |
| 8192 #endif | |
| 8193 | |
| 8194 entered = FALSE; | |
| 911 | 8195 --RedrawingDisabled; |
| 766 | 8196 |
| 8197 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1824 | 8198 /* |
| 8199 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
| 8200 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
| 8201 */ | |
| 8202 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
| 8203 { | |
| 766 | 8204 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 1824 | 8205 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
| 8206 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
| 8207 goto retry; | |
| 8208 } | |
| 766 | 8209 #endif |
| 7 | 8210 } |
| 8211 | |
| 8212 void | |
| 356 | 8213 free_screenlines() |
| 8214 { | |
| 8215 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8216 int i; |
| 8217 | |
| 356 | 8218 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
| 714 | 8219 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 8220 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 356 | 8221 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
| 8222 #endif | |
| 714 | 8223 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
| 356 | 8224 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
| 8225 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
| 8226 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
| 671 | 8227 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8228 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8229 #endif | |
| 356 | 8230 } |
| 8231 | |
| 8232 void | |
| 7 | 8233 screenclear() |
| 8234 { | |
| 8235 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 8236 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 8237 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
| 8238 } | |
| 8239 | |
| 8240 static void | |
| 8241 screenclear2() | |
| 8242 { | |
| 8243 int i; | |
| 8244 | |
| 8245 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8246 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8247 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 8248 #endif | |
| 8249 ) | |
| 8250 return; | |
| 8251 | |
| 8252 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8253 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8254 #endif | |
| 8255 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
| 8256 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
| 8257 | |
| 8258 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8259 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
| 8260 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
| 8261 #endif | |
| 8262 | |
| 8263 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
| 8264 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8265 { | |
| 8266 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8267 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
| 8268 } | |
| 8269 | |
| 8270 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
| 8271 { | |
| 8272 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
| 8273 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 644 | 8274 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
| 7 | 8275 } |
| 8276 else | |
| 8277 { | |
| 8278 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
| 8279 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8280 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8281 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8282 } | |
| 8283 | |
| 8284 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
| 8285 | |
| 8286 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
| 8287 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 670 | 8288 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 8289 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 670 | 8290 #endif |
| 7 | 8291 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
| 8292 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
| 8293 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 8294 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
| 8295 msg_col = 0; | |
| 8296 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8297 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
| 8298 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 8299 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
| 8300 } | |
| 8301 | |
| 8302 /* | |
| 8303 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
| 8304 */ | |
| 8305 static void | |
| 8306 lineclear(off, width) | |
| 8307 unsigned off; | |
| 8308 int width; | |
| 8309 { | |
| 8310 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8312 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8313 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
| 8314 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 8315 #endif | |
| 8316 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8317 } | |
| 8318 | |
| 8319 /* | |
| 8320 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
| 8321 * invalid value. | |
| 8322 */ | |
| 8323 static void | |
| 8324 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
| 8325 unsigned off; | |
| 8326 int width; | |
| 8327 { | |
| 8328 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8329 } | |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8332 /* | |
| 8333 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
| 8334 */ | |
| 8335 static void | |
| 8336 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
| 8337 int to; | |
| 8338 int from; | |
| 8339 win_T *wp; | |
| 8340 { | |
| 8341 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8342 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8343 | |
| 8344 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
| 8345 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8346 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8347 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8348 { | |
| 714 | 8349 int i; |
| 8350 | |
| 7 | 8351 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
| 8352 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8353 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8354 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
| 8355 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 7 | 8356 } |
| 8357 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8358 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
| 8359 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8360 # endif | |
| 8361 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
| 8362 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8363 } | |
| 8364 #endif | |
| 8365 | |
| 8366 /* | |
| 8367 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
| 8368 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
| 8369 */ | |
| 8370 int | |
| 8371 can_clear(p) | |
| 8372 char_u *p; | |
| 8373 { | |
| 8374 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
| 8375 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8376 || gui.in_use | |
| 8377 #endif | |
| 8378 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
| 8379 } | |
| 8380 | |
| 8381 /* | |
| 8382 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
| 8383 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
| 8384 * code. | |
| 8385 */ | |
| 8386 void | |
| 8387 screen_start() | |
| 8388 { | |
| 8389 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
| 8390 } | |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 /* | |
| 8393 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
| 8394 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
| 8395 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
| 8396 */ | |
| 8397 void | |
| 8398 windgoto(row, col) | |
| 8399 int row; | |
| 8400 int col; | |
| 8401 { | |
| 205 | 8402 sattr_T *p; |
| 7 | 8403 int i; |
| 8404 int plan; | |
| 8405 int cost; | |
| 8406 int wouldbe_col; | |
| 8407 int noinvcurs; | |
| 8408 char_u *bs; | |
| 8409 int goto_cost; | |
| 8410 int attr; | |
| 8411 | |
| 1213 | 8412 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
| 7 | 8413 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
| 8414 | |
| 8415 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
| 8416 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
| 8417 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
| 8418 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
| 8419 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
| 8420 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8421 return; | |
| 8422 | |
| 8423 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
| 8424 { | |
| 8425 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
| 8426 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
| 8427 row = 0; | |
| 8428 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
| 8429 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
| 8430 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 8431 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
| 8432 | |
| 8433 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
| 8434 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
| 8435 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
| 8436 else | |
| 8437 noinvcurs = 0; | |
| 8438 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
| 8439 | |
| 8440 /* | |
| 8441 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
| 8442 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
| 8443 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
| 8444 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
| 8445 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
| 8446 * | |
| 8447 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
| 8448 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
| 8449 * | |
| 1213 | 8450 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
| 7 | 8451 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
| 8452 */ | |
| 8453 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
| 8454 { | |
| 8455 /* | |
| 8456 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
| 8457 * or T_LE. | |
| 8458 */ | |
| 8459 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 8460 attr = screen_attr; | |
| 8461 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
| 8462 { | |
| 8463 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
| 8464 if (*T_LE) | |
| 8465 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
| 8466 else | |
| 8467 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
| 8468 if (*bs) | |
| 8469 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
| 8470 else | |
| 8471 cost = 999; | |
| 8472 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
| 8473 { | |
| 8474 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
| 8475 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8476 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
| 8477 } | |
| 8478 else | |
| 8479 { | |
| 8480 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
| 8481 wouldbe_col = col; | |
| 8482 } | |
| 8483 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8484 { | |
| 8485 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8486 attr = 0; | |
| 8487 } | |
| 8488 } | |
| 8489 | |
| 8490 /* | |
| 8491 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
| 8492 */ | |
| 8493 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
| 8494 { | |
| 8495 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
| 8496 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8497 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
| 8498 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8499 { | |
| 8500 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8501 attr = 0; | |
| 8502 } | |
| 8503 } | |
| 8504 | |
| 8505 /* | |
| 8506 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
| 8507 */ | |
| 8508 else | |
| 8509 { | |
| 8510 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
| 8511 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
| 8512 cost = 0; | |
| 8513 } | |
| 8514 | |
| 8515 /* | |
| 8516 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
| 8517 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
| 8518 */ | |
| 8519 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
| 8520 if (i > 0) | |
| 8521 cost += i; | |
| 8522 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
| 8523 { | |
| 8524 /* | |
| 8525 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
| 8526 * stopping highlighting. | |
| 8527 */ | |
| 8528 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
| 8529 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
| 8530 --i; | |
| 8531 if (i != 0) | |
| 8532 { | |
| 8533 /* | |
| 8534 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
| 8535 */ | |
| 8536 if (*--p == 0) | |
| 8537 { | |
| 8538 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8539 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
| 8540 --i; | |
| 8541 } | |
| 8542 if (i != 0) | |
| 8543 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
| 8544 } | |
| 8545 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8546 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8547 { | |
| 8548 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
| 8549 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
| 8550 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
| 8551 { | |
| 8552 cost = 999; | |
| 8553 break; | |
| 8554 } | |
| 8555 } | |
| 8556 #endif | |
| 8557 } | |
| 8558 | |
| 8559 /* | |
| 8560 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
| 8561 */ | |
| 8562 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
| 8563 { | |
| 8564 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
| 8565 { | |
| 8566 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8567 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8568 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
| 8569 { | |
| 8570 out_str(bs); | |
| 8571 --screen_cur_col; | |
| 8572 } | |
| 8573 } | |
| 8574 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
| 8575 { | |
| 8576 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8577 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8578 out_char('\r'); | |
| 8579 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8580 } | |
| 8581 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
| 8582 { | |
| 8583 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8584 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8585 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
| 8586 { | |
| 8587 out_char('\n'); | |
| 8588 ++screen_cur_row; | |
| 8589 } | |
| 8590 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8591 } | |
| 8592 | |
| 8593 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
| 8594 if (i > 0) | |
| 8595 { | |
| 8596 /* | |
| 8597 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
| 8598 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
| 8599 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
| 8600 */ | |
| 8601 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
| 8602 { | |
| 8603 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8604 out_char(*T_ND); | |
| 8605 } | |
| 8606 else | |
| 8607 { | |
| 8608 int off; | |
| 8609 | |
| 8610 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
| 8611 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8612 { | |
| 8613 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
| 8614 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8616 out_flush_check(); | |
| 8617 #endif | |
| 8618 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 8619 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8620 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 8621 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 8622 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 8623 #endif | |
| 8624 ++off; | |
| 8625 } | |
| 8626 } | |
| 8627 } | |
| 8628 } | |
| 8629 } | |
| 8630 else | |
| 8631 cost = 999; | |
| 8632 | |
| 8633 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
| 8634 { | |
| 8635 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8636 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8637 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) && | |
| 8638 *T_CRI != NUL) | |
| 8639 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); | |
| 8640 else | |
| 8641 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
| 8642 } | |
| 8643 screen_cur_row = row; | |
| 8644 screen_cur_col = col; | |
| 8645 } | |
| 8646 } | |
| 8647 | |
| 8648 /* | |
| 8649 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
| 8650 */ | |
| 8651 void | |
| 8652 setcursor() | |
| 8653 { | |
| 8654 if (redrawing()) | |
| 8655 { | |
| 8656 validate_cursor(); | |
| 8657 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
| 8658 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
| 8659 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1545 | 8660 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
| 8661 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
| 7 | 8662 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
| 8663 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1545 | 8664 (has_mbyte |
| 8665 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
| 8666 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
| 7 | 8667 # endif |
| 8668 1)) : | |
| 8669 #endif | |
| 8670 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
| 8671 } | |
| 8672 } | |
| 8673 | |
| 8674 | |
| 8675 /* | |
| 8676 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
| 8677 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
| 8678 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 8679 * scrolling. | |
| 8680 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
| 8681 */ | |
| 8682 int | |
| 8683 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 8684 win_T *wp; | |
| 8685 int row; | |
| 8686 int line_count; | |
| 8687 int invalid; | |
| 8688 int mayclear; | |
| 8689 { | |
| 8690 int did_delete; | |
| 8691 int nextrow; | |
| 8692 int lastrow; | |
| 8693 int retval; | |
| 8694 | |
| 8695 if (invalid) | |
| 8696 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
| 8699 return FAIL; | |
| 8700 | |
| 8701 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 8702 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 8703 | |
| 8704 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
| 8705 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 8706 return retval; | |
| 8707 | |
| 8708 /* | |
| 8709 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
| 8710 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
| 8711 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
| 8712 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
| 8713 */ | |
| 8714 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 8715 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8716 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
| 8717 { | |
| 8718 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 8719 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
| 8720 did_delete = TRUE; | |
| 8721 else if (wp->w_next) | |
| 8722 return FAIL; | |
| 8723 } | |
| 8724 #endif | |
| 8725 /* | |
| 8726 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
| 8727 */ | |
| 8728 if (!did_delete) | |
| 8729 { | |
| 8730 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8731 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8732 #endif | |
| 8733 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8734 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
| 8735 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
| 8736 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
| 8737 lastrow = Rows; | |
| 8738 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
| 8739 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 8740 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 8741 } | |
| 8742 | |
| 8743 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
| 8744 == FAIL) | |
| 8745 { | |
| 8746 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
| 8747 if (did_delete) | |
| 8748 { | |
| 8749 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8750 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8751 #endif | |
| 8752 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
| 8753 } | |
| 8754 return FAIL; | |
| 8755 } | |
| 8756 | |
| 8757 return OK; | |
| 8758 } | |
| 8759 | |
| 8760 /* | |
| 8761 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
| 8762 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
| 8763 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 8764 * scrolling | |
| 8765 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 8766 */ | |
| 8767 int | |
| 8768 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 8769 win_T *wp; | |
| 8770 int row; | |
| 8771 int line_count; | |
| 8772 int invalid; | |
| 8773 int mayclear; | |
| 8774 { | |
| 8775 int retval; | |
| 8776 | |
| 8777 if (invalid) | |
| 8778 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 8779 | |
| 8780 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 8781 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 8782 | |
| 8783 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
| 8784 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 8785 return retval; | |
| 8786 | |
| 8787 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
| 8788 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 8789 return FAIL; | |
| 8790 | |
| 8791 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8792 /* | |
| 8793 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
| 8794 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
| 8795 */ | |
| 8796 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 8797 { | |
| 8798 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 8799 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 8800 { | |
| 8801 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8802 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
| 8803 } | |
| 8804 } | |
| 8805 /* | |
| 8806 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
| 8807 * command line later. | |
| 8808 */ | |
| 8809 else | |
| 8810 #endif | |
| 8811 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8812 return OK; | |
| 8813 } | |
| 8814 | |
| 8815 /* | |
| 8816 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
| 8817 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
| 8818 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
| 8819 */ | |
| 8820 static int | |
| 8821 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
| 8822 win_T *wp; | |
| 8823 int row; | |
| 8824 int line_count; | |
| 8825 int mayclear; | |
| 8826 int del; | |
| 8827 { | |
| 8828 int retval; | |
| 8829 | |
| 8830 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
| 8831 return FAIL; | |
| 8832 | |
| 8833 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
| 8834 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
| 8835 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8836 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
| 8837 #endif | |
| 8838 ) | |
| 8839 { | |
| 8840 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
| 8841 return FAIL; | |
| 8842 } | |
| 8843 | |
| 8844 /* | |
| 8845 * Delete all remaining lines | |
| 8846 */ | |
| 8847 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
| 8848 { | |
| 8849 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 8850 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 8851 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 8852 return OK; | |
| 8853 } | |
| 8854 | |
| 8855 /* | |
| 8856 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
| 8857 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
| 8858 */ | |
| 8859 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8860 | |
| 8861 /* | |
| 8862 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
| 8863 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
| 8864 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
| 8865 * win_line(). | |
| 8866 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
| 8867 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
| 8868 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
| 8869 */ | |
| 8870 if (scroll_region | |
| 8871 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8872 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
| 8873 #endif | |
| 8874 ) | |
| 8875 { | |
| 8876 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8877 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 8878 #endif | |
| 8879 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
| 8880 if (del) | |
| 8881 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 8882 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
| 8883 else | |
| 8884 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 8885 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
| 8886 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8887 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 8888 #endif | |
| 8889 scroll_region_reset(); | |
| 8890 return retval; | |
| 8891 } | |
| 8892 | |
| 8893 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8894 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
| 8895 return FAIL; | |
| 8896 #endif | |
| 8897 | |
| 8898 return MAYBE; | |
| 8899 } | |
| 8900 | |
| 8901 /* | |
| 8902 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
| 8903 */ | |
| 8904 static void | |
| 8905 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
| 8906 win_T *wp; | |
| 8907 { | |
| 8908 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8909 while (wp != NULL) | |
| 8910 #else | |
| 8911 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 8912 #endif | |
| 8913 { | |
| 8914 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
| 8915 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8916 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8917 wp = wp->w_next; | |
| 8918 #endif | |
| 8919 } | |
| 8920 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8921 } | |
| 8922 | |
| 8923 /* | |
| 8924 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
| 8925 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
| 8926 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
| 8927 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
| 8928 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
| 8929 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
| 8930 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
| 8931 */ | |
| 8932 | |
| 8933 /* | |
| 8934 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
| 8935 */ | |
| 8936 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
| 8937 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
| 8938 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
| 8939 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
| 8940 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
| 8941 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
| 8942 #define USE_NL 7 | |
| 8943 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
| 8944 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
| 8945 | |
| 8946 /* | |
| 8947 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 8948 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 8949 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 8950 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 8951 * | |
| 8952 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
| 8953 */ | |
| 446 | 8954 int |
| 7 | 8955 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
| 8956 int off; | |
| 8957 int row; | |
| 8958 int line_count; | |
| 8959 int end; | |
| 8960 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
| 8961 { | |
| 8962 int i; | |
| 8963 int j; | |
| 8964 unsigned temp; | |
| 8965 int cursor_row; | |
| 8966 int type; | |
| 8967 int result_empty; | |
| 8968 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
| 8969 | |
| 8970 /* | |
| 8971 * FAIL if | |
| 8972 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 8973 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 8974 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 8975 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 8976 */ | |
| 8977 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
| 8978 return FAIL; | |
| 8979 | |
| 8980 /* | |
| 8981 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
| 8982 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 8983 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 8984 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
| 8985 * the insert is just empty lines | |
| 8986 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
| 8987 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
| 8988 * at once. | |
| 8989 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
| 8990 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
| 8991 * 1. | |
| 8992 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
| 8993 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 8994 * just empty lines. | |
| 8995 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 8996 * just empty lines. | |
| 8997 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
| 8998 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
| 8999 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9000 * | |
| 9001 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
| 9002 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
| 9003 * exists. | |
| 9004 */ | |
| 9005 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
| 9006 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9007 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9008 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9009 else | |
| 9010 #endif | |
| 9011 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9012 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9013 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
| 9014 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
| 9015 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
| 9016 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9017 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
| 9018 type = USE_T_AL; | |
| 9019 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
| 9020 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9021 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
| 9022 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9023 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
| 9024 type = USE_T_SR; | |
| 9025 else | |
| 9026 return FAIL; | |
| 9027 | |
| 9028 /* | |
| 9029 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
| 9030 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
| 9031 */ | |
| 9032 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
| 9033 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9034 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9035 | |
| 9036 /* | |
| 9037 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
| 9038 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
| 9039 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
| 9040 */ | |
| 9041 if (*T_DB) | |
| 9042 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9043 | |
| 9044 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9045 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
| 9046 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9047 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9048 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9049 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9050 # endif | |
| 9051 ) | |
| 9052 clip_clear_selection(); | |
| 9053 else | |
| 9054 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
| 9055 #endif | |
| 9056 | |
| 9057 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9058 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9059 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9060 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9061 #endif | |
| 9062 | |
| 9063 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9064 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9065 else | |
| 9066 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9067 | |
| 9068 /* | |
| 9069 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
| 9070 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9071 */ | |
| 9072 row += off; | |
| 9073 end += off; | |
| 9074 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9075 { | |
| 9076 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9077 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9078 { | |
| 9079 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9080 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9081 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9082 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9083 j += line_count; | |
| 9084 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9085 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9086 else | |
| 9087 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9088 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9089 } | |
| 9090 else | |
| 9091 #endif | |
| 9092 { | |
| 9093 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9094 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9095 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9096 { | |
| 9097 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9098 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9099 } | |
| 9100 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
| 9101 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9102 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9103 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9104 else | |
| 9105 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9106 } | |
| 9107 } | |
| 9108 | |
| 9109 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9110 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9111 | |
| 9112 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9113 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9114 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9115 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9116 else | |
| 9117 #endif | |
| 9118 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
| 9119 { | |
| 9120 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
| 9121 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9122 } | |
| 9123 else | |
| 9124 { | |
| 9125 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
| 9126 { | |
| 9127 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
| 9128 { | |
| 9129 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
| 9130 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9131 out_str(T_AL); | |
| 9132 } | |
| 9133 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
| 9134 out_str(T_SR); | |
| 9135 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9136 } | |
| 9137 } | |
| 9138 | |
| 9139 /* | |
| 9140 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
| 9141 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
| 9142 */ | |
| 9143 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
| 9144 { | |
| 9145 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9146 { | |
| 9147 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
| 9148 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 9149 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9150 } | |
| 9151 } | |
| 9152 | |
| 9153 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9154 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9155 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9156 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9157 #endif | |
| 9158 return OK; | |
| 9159 } | |
| 9160 | |
| 9161 /* | |
| 9162 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9163 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9164 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9165 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9166 * | |
| 9167 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9168 */ | |
| 9169 int | |
| 9170 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
| 9171 int off; | |
| 9172 int row; | |
| 9173 int line_count; | |
| 9174 int end; | |
| 9175 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
| 1883 | 9176 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
| 7 | 9177 { |
| 9178 int j; | |
| 9179 int i; | |
| 9180 unsigned temp; | |
| 9181 int cursor_row; | |
| 9182 int cursor_end; | |
| 9183 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
| 9184 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
| 9185 int type; | |
| 9186 | |
| 9187 /* | |
| 9188 * FAIL if | |
| 9189 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9190 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9191 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9192 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9193 */ | |
| 9194 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
| 9195 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
| 9196 return FAIL; | |
| 9197 | |
| 9198 /* | |
| 9199 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
| 9200 */ | |
| 9201 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
| 9202 | |
| 9203 /* | |
| 9204 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
| 9205 * available. | |
| 9206 */ | |
| 9207 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
| 9208 | |
| 9209 /* | |
| 9210 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
| 9211 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9212 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9213 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
| 9214 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
| 9215 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
| 9216 * none of the other ways work. | |
| 9217 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
| 9218 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
| 9219 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9220 */ | |
| 9221 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9222 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9223 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9224 else | |
| 9225 #endif | |
| 9226 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9227 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9228 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
| 9229 /* | |
| 9230 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
| 9231 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
| 9232 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
| 9233 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
| 9234 * the trick... | |
| 9235 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
| 9236 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
| 9237 */ | |
| 9238 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
| 9239 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9240 #else | |
| 9241 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
| 9242 #ifndef AMIGA | |
| 9243 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
| 9244 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
| 9245 line_count == 1 || | |
| 9246 #endif | |
| 9247 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9248 #endif | |
| 9249 type = USE_NL; | |
| 9250 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
| 9251 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9252 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
| 9253 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9254 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
| 9255 #endif | |
| 9256 ) | |
| 9257 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9258 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9259 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9260 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9261 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9262 else | |
| 9263 return FAIL; | |
| 9264 | |
| 9265 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9266 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
| 9267 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9268 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9269 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9270 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9271 # endif | |
| 9272 ) | |
| 9273 clip_clear_selection(); | |
| 9274 else | |
| 9275 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
| 9276 #endif | |
| 9277 | |
| 9278 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9279 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9280 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9281 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9282 #endif | |
| 9283 | |
| 9284 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9285 { | |
| 9286 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9287 cursor_end = end; | |
| 9288 } | |
| 9289 else | |
| 9290 { | |
| 9291 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9292 cursor_end = end + off; | |
| 9293 } | |
| 9294 | |
| 9295 /* | |
| 9296 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
| 9297 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9298 */ | |
| 9299 row += off; | |
| 9300 end += off; | |
| 9301 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9302 { | |
| 9303 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9304 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9305 { | |
| 9306 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9307 j = row + i; | |
| 9308 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9309 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9310 j -= line_count; | |
| 9311 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9312 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9313 else | |
| 9314 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9315 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9316 } | |
| 9317 else | |
| 9318 #endif | |
| 9319 { | |
| 9320 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
| 9321 j = row + i; | |
| 9322 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9323 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9324 { | |
| 9325 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9326 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9327 } | |
| 9328 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
| 9329 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9330 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9331 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9332 else | |
| 9333 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9334 } | |
| 9335 } | |
| 9336 | |
| 9337 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9338 | |
| 9339 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9340 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9341 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9342 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9343 else | |
| 9344 #endif | |
| 9345 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
| 9346 { | |
| 9347 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9348 out_str(T_CD); | |
| 9349 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9350 } | |
| 9351 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
| 9352 { | |
| 9353 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9354 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
| 9355 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9356 } | |
| 9357 /* | |
| 9358 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
| 9359 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
| 9360 * last line. | |
| 9361 */ | |
| 9362 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
| 9363 { | |
| 9364 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
| 9365 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9366 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
| 9367 } | |
| 9368 else | |
| 9369 { | |
| 9370 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9371 { | |
| 9372 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9373 { | |
| 9374 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9375 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
| 9376 } | |
| 9377 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
| 9378 { | |
| 9379 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
| 9380 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9381 } | |
| 9382 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9383 } | |
| 9384 } | |
| 9385 | |
| 9386 /* | |
| 9387 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
| 9388 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
| 9389 */ | |
| 9390 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
| 9391 { | |
| 9392 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
| 9393 { | |
| 9394 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
| 9395 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9396 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9397 } | |
| 9398 } | |
| 9399 | |
| 9400 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9401 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9402 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9403 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9404 #endif | |
| 9405 | |
| 9406 return OK; | |
| 9407 } | |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 /* | |
| 9410 * show the current mode and ruler | |
| 9411 * | |
| 9412 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
| 9413 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
| 9414 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
| 9415 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
| 9416 */ | |
| 9417 int | |
| 9418 showmode() | |
| 9419 { | |
| 9420 int need_clear; | |
| 9421 int length = 0; | |
| 9422 int do_mode; | |
| 9423 int attr; | |
| 9424 int nwr_save; | |
| 9425 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9426 int sub_attr; | |
| 9427 #endif | |
| 9428 | |
| 642 | 9429 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 9430 && ((State & INSERT) | |
| 9431 || restart_edit | |
| 7 | 9432 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 9433 || VIsual_active | |
| 9434 #endif | |
| 9435 )); | |
| 9436 if (do_mode || Recording) | |
| 9437 { | |
| 9438 /* | |
| 9439 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
| 9440 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
| 9441 * it takes a bit of time. | |
| 9442 */ | |
| 9443 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
| 9444 { | |
| 9445 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
| 9446 return 0; | |
| 9447 } | |
| 9448 | |
| 9449 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
| 9450 | |
| 9451 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
| 9452 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 9453 | |
| 9454 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
| 9455 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
| 9456 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9457 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 9458 | |
| 9459 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
| 9460 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9461 cursor_off(); | |
| 9462 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
| 9463 if (do_mode) | |
| 9464 { | |
| 9465 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
| 9466 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
| 2520 | 9467 if ( |
| 9468 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 9469 preedit_get_status() | |
| 1668 | 9470 # else |
| 9471 im_get_status() | |
| 2520 | 9472 # endif |
| 1668 | 9473 ) |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9474 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
| 7 | 9475 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
| 9476 # else | |
| 9477 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
| 9478 # endif | |
| 9479 #endif | |
| 9480 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
| 9481 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9482 { | |
| 9483 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
| 236 | 9484 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
| 7 | 9485 } |
| 9486 #endif | |
| 9487 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9488 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ | |
| 9489 { | |
| 9490 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
| 9491 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
| 9492 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
| 9493 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9494 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
| 9495 if (length > 0) | |
| 9496 { | |
| 9497 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9498 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
| 9499 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
| 9500 { | |
| 9501 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9502 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
| 9503 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
| 9504 } | |
| 9505 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9506 { | |
| 9507 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
| 9508 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
| 9509 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
| 9510 else | |
| 9511 sub_attr = attr; | |
| 9512 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
| 9513 } | |
| 9514 } | |
| 9515 length = 0; | |
| 9516 } | |
| 9517 else | |
| 9518 #endif | |
| 9519 { | |
| 9520 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9521 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9522 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9523 else | |
| 9524 #endif | |
| 9525 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9526 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9527 else if (State & INSERT) | |
| 9528 { | |
| 9529 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9530 if (p_ri) | |
| 9531 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
| 9532 #endif | |
| 9533 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
| 9534 } | |
| 9535 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
| 9536 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
| 9537 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
| 9538 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
| 9539 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
| 9540 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
| 9541 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9542 if (p_hkmap) | |
| 9543 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
| 9544 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9545 if (p_fkmap) | |
| 9546 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
| 9547 # endif | |
| 9548 #endif | |
| 9549 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 9550 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 9551 { | |
| 9552 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 9553 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
| 9554 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
| 9555 else | |
| 9556 # endif | |
| 9557 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
| 9558 } | |
| 9559 #endif | |
| 9560 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
| 9561 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
| 9562 | |
| 9563 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 9564 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9565 { | |
| 9566 char *p; | |
| 9567 | |
| 9568 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
| 9569 * problems. */ | |
| 9570 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
| 9571 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
| 9572 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
| 9573 { | |
| 9574 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
| 9575 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
| 9576 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9577 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
| 9578 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
| 9579 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9580 } | |
| 9581 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
| 9582 } | |
| 9583 #endif | |
| 9584 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
| 9585 } | |
| 644 | 9586 |
| 7 | 9587 need_clear = TRUE; |
| 9588 } | |
| 9589 if (Recording | |
| 9590 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9591 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
| 9592 #endif | |
| 9593 ) | |
| 9594 { | |
| 9595 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
| 9596 need_clear = TRUE; | |
| 9597 } | |
| 644 | 9598 |
| 9599 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 9600 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
| 9601 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9602 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
| 9603 length = msg_col; | |
| 9604 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9605 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
| 9606 } | |
| 9607 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
| 9608 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
| 9609 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 9610 | |
| 9611 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9612 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 9613 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
| 9614 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9615 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9616 # endif | |
| 9617 | |
| 9618 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
| 9619 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
| 9620 if (redrawing() | |
| 9621 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9622 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
| 9623 # endif | |
| 9624 ) | |
| 9625 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
| 9626 #endif | |
| 9627 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9628 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9629 | |
| 9630 return length; | |
| 9631 } | |
| 9632 | |
| 9633 /* | |
| 9634 * Position for a mode message. | |
| 9635 */ | |
| 9636 static void | |
| 9637 msg_pos_mode() | |
| 9638 { | |
| 9639 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9640 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
| 9641 } | |
| 9642 | |
| 9643 /* | |
| 9644 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
| 9645 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
| 644 | 9646 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
| 7 | 9647 */ |
| 9648 void | |
| 9649 unshowmode(force) | |
| 9650 int force; | |
| 9651 { | |
| 9652 /* | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
9653 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
| 7 | 9654 */ |
| 9655 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
| 9656 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
| 9657 else | |
| 9658 { | |
| 9659 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9660 if (Recording) | |
| 9661 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
| 9662 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9663 } | |
| 9664 } | |
| 9665 | |
| 667 | 9666 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9667 /* | |
| 9668 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
| 9669 */ | |
| 9670 static void | |
| 677 | 9671 draw_tabline() |
| 667 | 9672 { |
| 9673 int tabcount = 0; | |
| 9674 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 9675 int tabwidth; | |
| 9676 int col = 0; | |
| 673 | 9677 int scol = 0; |
| 667 | 9678 int attr; |
| 9679 win_T *wp; | |
| 671 | 9680 win_T *cwp; |
| 9681 int wincount; | |
| 9682 int modified; | |
| 667 | 9683 int c; |
| 9684 int len; | |
| 9685 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
| 9686 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
| 9687 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
| 673 | 9688 char_u *p; |
| 677 | 9689 int room; |
| 9690 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
| 9691 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9692 && !gui.in_use | |
| 9693 #endif | |
| 9694 ); | |
| 673 | 9695 |
| 9696 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 9697 |
| 685 | 9698 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 798 | 9699 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
| 685 | 9700 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
| 9701 { | |
| 9702 gui_update_tabline(); | |
| 9703 return; | |
| 9704 } | |
| 9705 #endif | |
| 9706 | |
| 9707 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
| 667 | 9708 return; |
| 9709 | |
| 677 | 9710 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 681 | 9711 |
| 9712 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
| 9713 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
| 9714 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
| 9715 | |
| 677 | 9716 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
| 9717 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
| 9718 { | |
| 680 | 9719 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 9720 | |
| 9721 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
| 9722 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
| 9723 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 677 | 9724 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
| 680 | 9725 if (called_emsg) |
| 9726 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
| 694 | 9727 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 9728 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 9729 } | |
| 9730 else | |
| 9731 #endif | |
| 9732 { | |
| 9733 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 9734 ++tabcount; | |
| 9735 | |
| 9736 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
| 9737 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
| 9738 tabwidth = 6; | |
| 9739 | |
| 9740 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 9741 tabcount = 0; | |
| 681 | 9742 scol = 0; |
| 699 | 9743 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
| 9744 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 680 | 9745 { |
| 9746 scol = col; | |
| 9747 | |
| 9748 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
| 9749 attr = attr_sel; | |
| 9750 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
| 9751 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9752 | |
| 9753 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
| 9754 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 9755 | |
| 9756 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9757 | |
| 9758 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 9759 { | |
| 9760 cwp = curwin; | |
| 9761 wp = firstwin; | |
| 9762 } | |
| 9763 else | |
| 9764 { | |
| 9765 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
| 9766 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
| 9767 } | |
| 9768 | |
| 9769 modified = FALSE; | |
| 9770 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
| 9771 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 9772 modified = TRUE; | |
| 9773 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
| 9774 { | |
| 9775 if (wincount > 1) | |
| 9776 { | |
| 9777 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
| 835 | 9778 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 699 | 9779 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
| 9780 break; | |
| 680 | 9781 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
| 677 | 9782 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
| 680 | 9783 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
| 677 | 9784 #else |
| 680 | 9785 attr |
| 9786 #endif | |
| 9787 ); | |
| 9788 col += len; | |
| 9789 } | |
| 9790 if (modified) | |
| 9791 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9792 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9793 } | |
| 9794 | |
| 9795 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
| 9796 if (room > 0) | |
| 9797 { | |
| 685 | 9798 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
| 9799 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
| 819 | 9800 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
| 680 | 9801 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
| 9802 p = NameBuff; | |
| 677 | 9803 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 680 | 9804 if (has_mbyte) |
| 9805 while (len > room) | |
| 9806 { | |
| 9807 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
| 9808 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 9809 } | |
| 9810 else | |
| 9811 #endif | |
| 9812 if (len > room) | |
| 677 | 9813 { |
| 680 | 9814 p += len - room; |
| 9815 len = room; | |
| 677 | 9816 } |
| 699 | 9817 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
| 9818 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
| 680 | 9819 |
| 835 | 9820 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
| 680 | 9821 col += len; |
| 9822 } | |
| 9823 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9824 | |
| 9825 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
| 9826 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
| 9827 ++tabcount; | |
| 9828 while (scol < col) | |
| 9829 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
| 9830 } | |
| 9831 | |
| 9832 if (use_sep_chars) | |
| 9833 c = '_'; | |
| 9834 else | |
| 9835 c = ' '; | |
| 9836 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
| 681 | 9837 |
| 9838 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
| 9839 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
| 9840 { | |
| 9841 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
| 9842 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
| 9843 } | |
| 9844 } | |
| 834 | 9845 |
| 9846 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
| 9847 * set. */ | |
| 9848 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 9849 } |
| 685 | 9850 |
| 9851 /* | |
| 9852 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
| 9853 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
| 9854 */ | |
| 9855 void | |
| 9856 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
| 9857 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9858 { | |
| 9859 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
| 9860 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf)); | |
| 9861 else | |
| 9862 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
| 9863 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 9864 } | |
| 667 | 9865 #endif |
| 9866 | |
| 7 | 9867 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 9868 /* | |
| 9869 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 9870 */ | |
| 9871 static int | |
| 9872 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
| 9873 int *attr; | |
| 9874 int is_curwin; | |
| 9875 { | |
| 9876 int fill; | |
| 9877 if (is_curwin) | |
| 9878 { | |
| 9879 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
| 9880 fill = fill_stl; | |
| 9881 } | |
| 9882 else | |
| 9883 { | |
| 9884 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
| 9885 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
| 9886 } | |
| 9887 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
| 9888 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
| 9889 * current window */ | |
| 9890 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
| 9891 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
| 9892 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
| 9893 return fill; | |
| 9894 if (is_curwin) | |
| 9895 return '^'; | |
| 9896 return '='; | |
| 9897 } | |
| 9898 #endif | |
| 9899 | |
| 9900 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9901 /* | |
| 9902 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
| 9903 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 9904 */ | |
| 9905 static int | |
| 9906 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
| 9907 int *attr; | |
| 9908 { | |
| 9909 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
| 9910 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
| 9911 return '|'; | |
| 9912 else | |
| 9913 return fill_vert; | |
| 9914 } | |
| 9915 #endif | |
| 9916 | |
| 9917 /* | |
| 9918 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
| 9919 */ | |
| 9920 int | |
| 9921 redrawing() | |
| 9922 { | |
| 9923 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
| 9924 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
| 9925 } | |
| 9926 | |
| 9927 /* | |
| 9928 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
| 9929 */ | |
| 9930 int | |
| 9931 messaging() | |
| 9932 { | |
| 9933 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
| 9934 } | |
| 9935 | |
| 9936 /* | |
| 9937 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
| 9938 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
| 9939 */ | |
| 9940 void | |
| 9941 showruler(always) | |
| 9942 int always; | |
| 9943 { | |
| 9944 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
| 9945 return; | |
| 574 | 9946 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9947 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 9948 { | |
| 639 | 9949 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 574 | 9950 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
| 9951 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 639 | 9952 # endif |
| 574 | 9953 return; |
| 9954 } | |
| 9955 #endif | |
| 7 | 9956 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 40 | 9957 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
| 680 | 9958 { |
| 1983 | 9959 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
| 680 | 9960 } |
| 7 | 9961 else |
| 9962 #endif | |
| 9963 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9964 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
| 9965 #endif | |
| 9966 | |
| 9967 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 9968 if (need_maketitle | |
| 9969 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 9970 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
| 9971 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
| 9972 # endif | |
| 9973 ) | |
| 9974 maketitle(); | |
| 9975 #endif | |
| 1588 | 9976 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9977 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 9978 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 9979 draw_tabline(); | |
| 9980 #endif | |
| 7 | 9981 } |
| 9982 | |
| 9983 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9984 static void | |
| 9985 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
| 9986 win_T *wp; | |
| 9987 int always; | |
| 9988 { | |
| 1869 | 9989 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
| 9990 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
| 7 | 9991 int row; |
| 9992 int fillchar; | |
| 9993 int attr; | |
| 9994 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
| 9995 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 9996 int i; | |
| 1869 | 9997 size_t len; |
| 7 | 9998 int o; |
| 9999 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10000 int this_ru_col; | |
| 10001 int off = 0; | |
| 10002 int width = Columns; | |
| 10003 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
| 10004 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
| 10005 #else | |
| 10006 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
| 10007 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
| 10008 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
| 10009 #endif | |
| 10010 | |
| 10011 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
| 10012 if (!p_ru) | |
| 10013 return; | |
| 10014 | |
| 10015 /* | |
| 10016 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
| 10017 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
| 10018 */ | |
| 10019 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 10020 return; | |
| 10021 | |
| 10022 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10023 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
| 10024 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
| 10025 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10026 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 10027 # endif | |
| 10028 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
| 10029 return; | |
| 540 | 10030 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
| 10031 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10032 return; | |
| 7 | 10033 #endif |
| 10034 | |
| 10035 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10036 if (*p_ruf) | |
| 10037 { | |
| 680 | 10038 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10039 | |
| 10040 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 10041 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
| 680 | 10042 if (called_emsg) |
| 10043 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
| 694 | 10044 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10045 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 7 | 10046 return; |
| 10047 } | |
| 10048 #endif | |
| 10049 | |
| 10050 /* | |
| 10051 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
| 10052 */ | |
| 10053 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
| 10054 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
| 10055 empty_line = TRUE; | |
| 10056 | |
| 10057 /* | |
| 10058 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
| 10059 */ | |
| 10060 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
| 10061 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
| 10062 || always | |
| 10063 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
| 10064 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
| 10065 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
| 10066 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 10067 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
| 10068 #endif | |
| 10069 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
| 10070 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
| 10071 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10072 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
| 10073 #endif | |
| 10074 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
| 10075 { | |
| 10076 cursor_off(); | |
| 10077 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10078 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 10079 { | |
| 10080 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 10081 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 10082 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10083 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 10084 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 10085 # endif | |
| 10086 } | |
| 10087 else | |
| 10088 #endif | |
| 10089 { | |
| 10090 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10091 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 10092 attr = 0; | |
| 10093 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10094 width = Columns; | |
| 10095 off = 0; | |
| 10096 #endif | |
| 10097 } | |
| 10098 | |
| 10099 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
| 10100 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10101 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
| 10102 { | |
| 10103 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 10104 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
| 10105 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
| 10106 } | |
| 10107 | |
| 10108 /* | |
| 10109 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
| 10110 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
| 10111 */ | |
| 1869 | 10112 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
| 7 | 10113 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
| 10114 ? 0L | |
| 10115 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
| 1869 | 10116 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
| 10117 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
| 7 | 10118 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
| 10119 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
| 10120 | |
| 10121 /* | |
| 10122 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
| 10123 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
| 10124 * screen up on some terminals). | |
| 10125 */ | |
| 10126 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
| 1869 | 10127 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
| 7 | 10128 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
| 10129 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10130 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
| 10131 #endif | |
| 10132 ++o; | |
| 10133 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10134 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
| 10135 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
| 10136 this_ru_col = 0; | |
| 10137 #endif | |
| 10138 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
| 10139 * half for the filename. */ | |
| 10140 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
| 10141 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
| 10142 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10143 { | |
| 10144 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10145 { | |
| 10146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10147 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10148 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
| 10149 else | |
| 10150 #endif | |
| 10151 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
| 10152 ++o; | |
| 10153 } | |
| 1869 | 10154 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
| 7 | 10155 } |
| 10156 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
| 10157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10158 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10159 { | |
| 10160 o = 0; | |
| 474 | 10161 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
| 7 | 10162 { |
| 10163 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
| 10164 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10165 { | |
| 10166 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
| 10167 break; | |
| 10168 } | |
| 10169 } | |
| 10170 } | |
| 10171 else | |
| 10172 #endif | |
| 10173 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10174 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
| 10175 | |
| 10176 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
| 10177 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
| 10178 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
| 10179 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
| 10180 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
| 10181 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 10182 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
| 10183 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
| 10184 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 10185 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10186 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
| 10187 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
| 10188 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 10189 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10190 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 10191 #endif | |
| 10192 } | |
| 10193 } | |
| 10194 #endif | |
| 13 | 10195 |
| 10196 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10197 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10198 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10199 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
| 13 | 10200 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
| 10201 */ | |
| 10202 int | |
| 10203 number_width(wp) | |
| 10204 win_T *wp; | |
| 10205 { | |
| 10206 int n; | |
| 10207 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10208 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10209 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10210 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10211 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10212 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10213 /* 'relativenumber' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10214 lnum = wp->w_height; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10215 |
| 13 | 10216 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) |
| 10217 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; | |
| 10218 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
| 10219 | |
| 10220 n = 0; | |
| 10221 do | |
| 10222 { | |
| 856 | 10223 lnum /= 10; |
| 10224 ++n; | |
| 13 | 10225 } while (lnum > 0); |
| 10226 | |
| 10227 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
| 10228 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
| 10229 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
| 10230 | |
| 10231 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
| 10232 return n; | |
| 10233 } | |
| 10234 #endif |